2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

1. 다음 밑줄 친 단어의 의미에 해당하는 영영풀이로 가장
적절한 것은?1) [1과] Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a
· Sam realized his dream of buying a new house. photographer. Today, I’m going to tell you how I found my
· He finally realized his goal of becoming a painter. dream and realized ⓐit. I hope my story can inspire you.
ⓑWhen I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
① to make real pictures. However, I never thought ⓒthese things could
② to stop doing something lead to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all.
③ to be different from something else When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
④ to ask for something to eat or drink engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
⑤ to go from one place to another, especially over a got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
long distance but I didn’t know ⓓwhether I really enjoyed it.
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern
2. 다음 중 어법상 올바른 문장은?2) [1과]
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
① We need some chairs to sit. of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
② I have a lot of homework do. years, I could feel my heart ⓔbeating fast.
③ I bought a science fiction book read.
④ I need somebody to teach me Chinese. 5. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?5)
⑤ Can you bring me cold anything to eat?
① David Parker is an engineer.
② He chose engineering in college.
3. 다음 대화의 내용과 일치하는 것은?3) [1과]
③ He loved stars and liked studying science.
B: I really liked your book about training dogs. ④ He went on vacation to Canada one winter.
W: Thank you. Do you like dogs? ⑤ When he was young, his dream was to become a
B: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. photographer.
W: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal
doctor? 6. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ에 관해 잘못 설명하고 있는 사람
B: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal 은?6)
doctor.
① 진수: ⓐ가 가리키는 것은 ‘my dream’ 이다.
W: What are you doing achieve your goal?
② 진명: ⓑ는 ‘내가 어렸을 때’로 해석된다.
B: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal
③ 진호: ⓒ가 가리키는 것은 별을 사랑한 것과 사진 찍기를
house.
좋아한 것이다.
W: That’s good. What else are you doing?
④ 진희: ⓓ는 ‘~인지 아닌지’라는 뜻의 접속사이다.
B: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about
⑤ 진태: ⓔ 대신 ‘to beat’를 써도 어법상 올바르다.
animals.
W: You’re doing great! I hope you become a good
animal doctor someday. 7. 다음 대화의 흐름이 가장 자연스럽게 연결된 것은?7) [1
B: Thank you. 과]
W: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor?
① W의 직업은 수의사이다. ⓐ: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
② B는 동물 조련사가 되고 싶어 한다. ⓑ: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor.
③ W는 개를 훈련하는 것에 관한 책을 썼다. ⓒ: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
④ B는 평소 동물에 관한 논문을 많이 읽는 편이다. ⓓ: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
⑤ B는 지역 동물 병원에서 자원봉사를 하고 있다. ⓔ: That’s good. What else are you doing?
W: You’re doing great! I hope you become a good animal
4. 다음 중 단어와 영영풀이의 연결이 적절하지 않은 것은?4) doctor someday.
[1과]
① ⓐ-ⓓ-ⓑ-ⓔ-ⓒ
① bold – confident and not afraid
② ⓑ-ⓒ-ⓓ-ⓔ-ⓐ
② quit – to stop doing something
③ ⓑ-ⓓ-ⓐ-ⓔ-ⓒ
③ realize – to achieve something that you want
④ ⓔ-ⓑ-ⓐ-ⓓ-ⓒ
④ stable – staying the same, with no big changes
⑤ ⓔ-ⓒ-ⓓ-ⓑ-ⓐ
⑤ belong – the main subject that a person studies in
college

- 1 -
 2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

After I came back from Iceland, I entered a photo contest Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a
with the pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first photographer. Today, I’m going to tell you how I found my
prize, and this give me a chance to think about my life. I dream and realized it. I hope my story can (A)__________
realized (A)___________ taking pictures made me happy. you.
Suddenly, I wanted to become a good photographer, so I
started to learn more about photography. After years of When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
trial and error, I got better, and I began to do some pictures. However, I never thought these things could ⓐ
part-time work as a photographer. __________ a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all.
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and When I had to decide ⓑ__________ a major in college, I
decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn’t sure if I chose engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After
could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do college, I got a job at an engineering company. It was a
something (A)_____________ made me happy. Now, I’m a stable job, but I didn’t know ⓒwhether I really enjoyed it.
professional photographer, and I’m happy. Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
*I: David Parker one winter. There I got a chance ⓓto see the Northern
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
8. 위 글을 읽고 대답할 수 없는 질문은?8) of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
years, I could feel my heart ⓔbeating fast.
① What was David Parker’s bold decision?
② What prize did David Parker win in the photo contest?
③ Why did David Parker start to learn more about
11. 위 글의 흐름상 (A)에 들어갈 단어로 가장 적절한 것
은?11)
photography?
④ What did David Parker do after he came back from ① cancel ② inspire ③ compare
Iceland? ④ prevent ⑤ publish
⑤ How much money does David Parker make every year?
12. 위 글의 ⓐ~ⓔ에 대한 설명으로 적절하지 않은 것은?12)
9. 위 글의 빈칸 (A)에 공통으로 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 ① ⓐ에 ‘lead to’를 넣었을 경우 의미와 어법에 적절하다.
것은?9) ② ⓑ에는 ‘on’이 적절하다.
① if ② who ③ that ③ ⓒ는 ‘if’로 바꾸어서 쓸 수 있다.
④ what ⑤ when ④ ⓓ는 ‘I want to be a doctor.’의 문장에서 ‘to be’와 용법
(쓰임)이 같은 to 부정사이다.
10. 다음 중 짝지어진 두 사람의 대화가 어색한 것은?10) [1 ⑤ ⓔ를 ‘beat’로 바꿀 경우에도 어법상 적절하다.
과]
① G: I love listening to piano music. 13. 다음 단어에 대한 영영 풀이가 옳지 않은 것은?13) [1과]
B: Me, too. I have never enjoyed piano music. ① flour: a powder used for making bread and cakes
② G: Have you ever had Spanish food before? ② major: the main subject that a person studies in
B: No, I haven’t. Have you tried it? college
③ G: I’m not feeling well. I think I have a cold. ③ lung: the organ in your body where your food is
B: That’s too bad. I hope you feel better soon. digested
④ G: Well, I’ve never learned how to play the guitar. ④ beat: to mix food together quickly using a fork or a
B: It’s fun. I hope you’ll have a chance to learn. kitchen tool
⑤ G: You should read this book about the moon. It’s ⑤ audience: the group of people watching or listening to
really interesting. a play, film or public meeting
B: I know. I’ve already read it.

14. 다음 문장 중 옳은 것은?14) [1과]

① I got my computer fixed.

② They had their car stole.
③ My brother let me to use his laptop.
④ Tom always makes my close the door.
⑤ I heard the students to talk loudly outside.

- 2 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 19. 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것은?19) [1과]

After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the Have you ever been to Hallasan? It’s one of the most
pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and
beautiful mountains in Korea. Last fall, I went hiking there.
this gave me a chance to think about my life. I realized
The air was so fresh. I hope
that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to ____________________________________________________.
become a good photographer, so I started to learn more
about photography. After years of trial and error, I got
① you can read it sometime
better, and I began to do some part-time work as a ② you can go there sometime
photographer.
③ you can run a marathon someday
Then one day, (A)__________. I quit my job and decided to
④ you become a good animal doctor someday
take pictures for a living. I wasn’t sure if I could succeed, ⑤ you’ll have a chance to learn how to play the piano
but I decided to try. I really wanted to do something that
made me happy. Now, I’m a professional photographer,
and I’m happy. v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
* I = David
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a
photographer. Today, I’m going to tell you how I found my
15. 위 글을 읽고 답할 수 없는 질문은?15)
dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you.
① How did David feel when he won first prize?
② What gave David a chance to think about his life? (A) When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
③ Does it cost much to learn about photography? engineering. Being an engineer looked OK.
④ Did David experience trial and error?
⑤ What is David’s present job? (B) When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
pictures. However, I never though ⓐthese things could lead
16. 위 글의 (A)에 들어가기에 가장 적절한 것은?16) to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all.

① I made a bold decision

(C) After college, I got a job at an engineering company. It
② I wanted to have a stable job
was a stable job, but I didn’t know whether I really
③ I decided to major in engineering.
enjoyed it.
④ other friends helped me to keep my job.
⑤ my parents advised me not to change my job
20. 위 주어진 글 다음에 이어질 글의 순서로 가장 적절한
것은?20)
17. 다음 <보기> 중에서 어법상 올바른 문장의 개수는?17)
① (A) - (B) - (C) ② (B) - (A) - (C)
[1과]
③ (B) - (C) - (A) ④ (C) - (A) - (B)
<보기>
⑤ (C) - (B) - (A)
ⓐ He has a beautiful house to live.
ⓑ Let’s make something delicious to eat.
ⓒ There are many places to visit in Korea.
21. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ가 가리키는 것으로 가장 적절한 것
은?21)
ⓓ She needs a babysitter to look her baby.
ⓔ We are wondering if can she join the party. ① 어렸을 때, 특별히 꿈꾸던 바가 없었던 것
ⓕ I want to know whether you go to the gym yesterday. ② 대학 졸업 후, 엔지니어링 회사에 취직한 것
③ 사진작가로서의 꿈을 어렸을 때부터 키운 것
① 2개 ② 3개 ③ 4개 ④ 5개 ⑤ 6개 ④ 대학에서의 전공을 엔지니어링으로 선택한 것
⑤ 어렸을 때, 별을 좋아하고 사진 찍는 것을 좋아했던 것

18. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아, 주어진 문장이 들어가기에 가

장 적절한 곳은?18) [1과]
First, I’ll go to design school and study fashion design.

My dream is to become a famous fashion designer. (A) I

should do many things to realize my dream. (B) Then, after
I graduate, I’ll work at a fashion company. (C) When I’m
30, I’ll start my own brand. (D) When I’m 35, I’ll hold my
first fashion show. (E) I hope my dream will come true.

① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E

- 3 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

22. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 옳지 않은 것은?22) [1과] 27. 다음 <보기>의 단어를 모두 사용하여 그림의 상황을
Everything changed when I ⓐwent on vacation to Iceland 묘사하는 문장을 완성하시오.27) [1과]
one winter. There I was able to see the Northern Lights. <보기>
The lights were ⓑamazing, and I took many pictures of ⓒ direction / in / he / right / the /
the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many going / whether / is
years, I could ⓓfeel my heart beating fast. After I came
back, I entered a photo contest with the pictures I took in
Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and this gave me ⓔa
chance to thinking about my life. I realized that taking
pictures made me happy.

① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

→ The boy wants to know __________________________.
Suddenly, I wanted to become a good photographer,
_________ I started to learn more about photography. After
ⓐyear of trial and error, I got better, and I began to do
28. 다음 <보기>의 단어를 모두 사용하여 그림의 상황을
묘사하는 문장을 완성하시오.28) [1과]
some part-time work as a photographer. Then one day, I
ⓑhave made a bold decision. I quit my job and ⓒmake a <보기>
decision to take pictures for a living. I wasn’t sure ⓓ see / things / many / to
whether I could succeed, but I decided to try. I really
wanted to do something ⓔwhat made me happy.

23. 위 글의 빈칸에 들어갈 연결어로 가장 적절한 것은?23)

① so ② or ③ but
④ yet ⑤ for

24. 위 글의 밑줄 친 부분 ⓐ~ⓔ 중, 어법상 옳은 것은?24) → There are __________________________ in London.

① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
29. 다음 단어의 설명으로 옳지 않은 것은?29) [1과]
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] ① disappear: to become possible to see or find
Do you want to find a dream and realize ⓐit? Here’s ② stable: staying the same, with no big changes or
some advice to help you. First, follow your heart. Think problems
about what you like to do and ____________________________. ③ professional: doing a sport or activity for money, as a
In my case, ⓑit was taking pictures of stars. Second, work job
hard. Setting a dream and pursuing ⓒit is not easy. I ④ lead: to show someone the way, by going in front of
became a photographer through hard work. Third, be bold. him or her
You need courage to make decisions that will change your ⑤ satisfy: to make someone feel happy, by doing what
life. I was afraid but I took a chance. I truly hope you can he or she wants
find a dream, pursue ⓓit, and live ⓔit!

25. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중, 가리키는 대상이 다른 것

은?25)
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ

26. 위 글의 빈칸에 들어갈 말을 <보기>에서 필요한 단어

만 골라 바르게 배열하여 쓰시오.26)
<보기>
you / make / makes / making / happy /
to / that / what

정답 : _________________________________________________

- 4 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

G: You should read this book about the moon. It’s really (A) Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a
interesting. photographer. Today, ⓐI’m going to tell you how did I
B: I know. I’ve already read it. find my dream and realize it. I hope my story can inspire
G: You did? How about the movie? (A)그 책에 관한 영화를 you.
본 적 있어?
B: No, I haven’t. (B) ⓑThere I got a chance to see the Northern Lights. The
G: Well, it’s even better than the book. (B)___________ lights were amazing, and I took many pictures of the
__________________. dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many years, I
(G: girl, B: Boy) could feel my heart beating fast.

(C) After college, I got a job at an engineering company.

30. 위 대화의 (A)를 <보기>에 주어진 단어를 배열하여 어
ⓒIt was a stable job, but I didn’t know whether I really
법에 맞게 영어로 쓰시오. 단, 필요시 단어를 변형하시
오.30) enjoyed it. Everything changed when I went on vacation to
Iceland one winter.
<보기>
about / see / have /
(D) When I was young, I loved stars. ⓓI also liked take
you / the book / the movie
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all. ⓔWhen I
(A)그 책에 관한 영화를 본 적 있어?
had to decide on a major in college, I choose engineering.
Being an engineer looked OK.
정답 : _________________________________________________

31. 위 대화의 (B)에 들어갈 문장으로 가장 적절한 것은?31)

33. 위 글의 (A)에 이어질 내용을 순서에 맞게 배열한 것으
로 가장 적절한 것은?33)
① I want you to read the book.
① (B) - (C) - (D) ② (C) - (B) - (D)
② I want to read the book with you.
③ (C) - (D) - (B) ④ (D) - (B) - (C)
③ I hope you can see the movie soon.
⑤ (D) - (C) - (B)
④ I don’t think you should watch the movie.
⑤ I hope you like the book about the moon.
34. 위 글의 David Parker에 관해 알 수 없는 질문은?34)

32. 다음 ⓐ, ⓑ에 들어갈 단어로 가장 적절한 것은?32) [1 ① What major did David Parker choose in college?
과] ② What is David Parker going to tell to the audience?
③ What engineering company did David Parker work for?
⦁Air pollution in this city is ⓐ__________.
④ When and where did David Parker see the Northern
(이 도시의 대기 오염은 심각하다.)
Lights?
⦁When I was sick, my teddy bear was a ⓑ_________.
⑤ What did David Parker do when he saw the Northern
(내가 아팠을 때, 내 곰 인형이 위로가 되었다.)
Lights?

ⓐ ⓑ
① serious comfort 35. 위 글의 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법상 옳은 문장을 모두 고른 것
② serious chance 은?35)
③ serious flour ① ⓐ, ⓑ ② ⓑ, ⓒ ③ ⓑ, ⓓ
④ worried comfort ④ ⓒ, ⓔ ⑤ ⓓ, ⓔ
⑤ worried chance

- 5 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 39. 위 글의 (A)를 <보기>에 주어진 단어를 활용하여 어법

After I came back, I ⓐentered a photo contest with the 에 맞게 영어로 쓰시오. 단, 한 칸에 한 단어를 쓰시
pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and 오.39)
this gave me a chance to think about my life. I ⓑrealized <보기>
that taking pictures made me happy. advice / help
Suddenly, I wanted to become a good photographer, so I
started to learn more about ⓒphotography. After years of (A)여기 여러분들을 도와줄 조언이 있습니다.
ⓓtrial and error, I got better, and I began to do some
part-time work as a photographer. 정답: Here’s some ___________ ___________ ___________
(A) I quit my job and decided to take pictures ⓔfor a ___________.
living. (B) I wasn't sure if I could succeed, but I decided to
try. (C) I really wanted to do something that made me
40. 위 글의 ⓐ, ⓑ에 들어갈 단어로 가장 적절한 것은40)
happy. (D) Now, I'm a professional photographer, and I'm
happy. (E) ⓐ ⓑ
① through but
② through so
36. 위 글의 ⓐ~ⓔ의 우리말 해석이 문맥상 옳은 것은?36)
③ for but
① ⓐentered: 우승했다 ④ for and
② ⓑrealized: 실현했다 ⑤ for so
③ ⓒphotography: 사진사
④ ⓓtrial and error: 시행착오
41. 위 글의 목적으로 가장 적절한 것은?41)
⑤ ⓔfor a living: 살아가는 동안에
① to introduce new jobs
② to advertise the product
37. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?37)
③ to give courage to others
① Because he wanted to become a good photographer, ④ to tell his personal stories
he decided to major in photography. ⑤ to inform of possible trouble
② Right after he entered a photo contest, he decided to
become a professional photographer.
42. 다음 주어진 그림과 질문을 활용해 문장을 완성하시
③ Winning first prize helped him realize that taking
오.42) [1과]
pictures made him happy.
④ He was sure that he could succeed in taking pictures
for a living.
⑤ He is still trying to be a professional photographer.

38. 위 글의 (A)~(E) 중 주어진 문장이 들어가기에 가장 적

절한 곳은?38)
Then one day, I made a bold decision.
정답: Joe is wondering _______________________________
___________________________________________________.
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

43. 다음 각 문장의 빈칸에 들어갈 말을 바르게 연결한 것
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? (A)여기
은?43) [1과]
여러분들을 도와줄 조언이 있습니다.
⦁It is not only delicious but also (A)_______________.
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do
⦁It’s (B)______________ food.
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking
⦁I like both. I can’t make (C)________________.
pictures of stars.
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
(A) (B) (C)
became a photographer ⓐ______________ hard work.
① health full of a decision
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that
② health filled with a wish
will change your life. I was afraid ⓑ______________ I took a
③ healthy filled with a decision
chance. I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and
④ healthy filled with for a living
live it!
⑤ healthy full of a wish

- 6 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 47. 다음 대화의 흐름상 밑줄 친 (A)에 들어가기 가장 적절

M: Welcome to Sandwich Place. What would you like to 한 말을 고르면?47) [1과]
order? A: You should read this book about the moon. It’s really
G: I’d like to have a hamburger, and she’ll have a chicken interesting.
sandwich. B: I know. I’ve already read it.
M: Would you like anything else? A: You did? How about the movie?
G: One salad, please. (A)_____________________________________________
M: OK, (A)________________________________________ B: No, I haven’t.
G: No, I’d like to order two bottles of water. A: Well, it’s even better than the book. I hope you can see
M: Is it for here or to go? the movie soon.
G: It’s for here, please.
M: The total comes to twelve dollars. ① Have you ever visited another country?
G: OK. Here you are. ② Have you also had Spanish food before?
③ Have your ever seen three movies in one day?
44. 위 대화의 흐름상 밑줄 친 (A)에 들어가기 가장 적절한 ④ Have you ever thought of becoming a writer?
말을 고르면?44) ⑤ Have you also seen the movie about the book?
① Will that be all?
② Yes, please. I’d like a piece of cake. 48. 다음 중 어색한 대화의 개수는?48) [1과]
③ Would you like anything to drink? A: Would you like anything else?
④ Are you ready to order?
B: No, thank you.
⑤ Have you tried it?
A: Hello. Are you ready to order?
45. 위 대화의 음식을 주문하고 있는 사람에 대한 내용과 B: Yes, I’d like a chicken salad.
일치하는 것을 고르면?45)
① 햄버거 두 개를 주문했다. A: I’m not feeling well. I think I have a cold.
② 샐러드는 주문하지 않았다. B: That’s too bad. I hope you feel better soon.
③ 물 두 병을 주문했다.
④ 매장에서 음식을 먹지 않고 포장해 가기로 했다. A: Have you tried Bulgogi before?
⑤ 음식 값으로 20달러를 지불했다. B: No, I’ve eaten it once. It was really delicious.

① 0개 ② 1개 ③ 2개 ④ 3개 ⑤ 4개
46. 다음 주어진 말 다음에 이어질 대화의 순서로 가장 적
절한 것은?46) [1과]
I’m going to buy this CD. I love listening to piano music.
49. 다음 각 문장의 밑줄 친 단어의 영영 풀이가 바른 것을
모두 고르면?49) [1과]

(A) Really? So you can play the piano? ⦁Sam ⓐrealized his dream of buying a new house.
(B) Yes. How about you? ⦁Choosing a ⓑmajor in college can be difficult.
(C) Me, too. I also enjoy playing the piano. ⦁Her blood pressure is ⓒstable now.
(D) It’s fun. I hope you’ll have a chance to learn. ⦁Jim took off the apple ⓓpeel in the kitchen.
(E) Well, I’ve never learned how to play. ⦁The cat is a great ⓔcomfort to the sick girl.

① (A) - (B) - (E) - (C) - (D) ① ⓐ - v. to know or understand something

② (A) - (C) - (D) - (B) - (E) ② ⓑ - n. the main subject that a college student studies
③ (C) - (A) - (B) - (E) - (D) ③ ⓒ - adj. very important, serious, main
④ (C) - (E) - (D) - (A) - (B) ④ ⓓ - n. a powder used for making bread and cakes
⑤ (D) - (B) - (C) - (A) - (E) ⑤ ⓔ - n. a feeling of being relaxed

- 7 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

50. 다음 각 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 가장 알맞지 않은 것은?50) v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

[1과] After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
⦁What are you doing to ⓐ____________ your goal? pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and
⦁The woman was ⓑ____________ enough to put out the this gave me a chance to think about my life. I realized
fire. that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to
⦁The result of the game didn’t ⓒ____________ us. become a good photographer, so I started to learn more
about photography. After years of trial and error, I got
① ⓐ achieve ② ⓐ pursue better, and I began ⓐto do some part-time work as a
③ ⓑ bold ④ ⓑ courage photographer.
⑤ ⓒ satisfy Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
decided ⓑto take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure if I
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted ⓒto do
something that made me happy. Now, I'm a professional
Find a Dream and Live It!
photographer, and I'm happy.
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you (A)how did I
some advice ⓓto help you.
find my dream and realize it. I hope my story can inspire
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like ⓔto do
you.
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking
pictures of stars.
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
became a photographer through hard work. Third, be bold.
to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all.
You need courage to make decisions that will change your
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
life. I was afraid but I took a chance. I truly hope you can
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
find a dream, pursue it, and live it!
got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it.
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland 53. 위 글의 내용과 일치하지 않는 것은?53)
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern ① 나는 사진대회에서 우승을 했다.
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures ② 나는 수년간 아르바이트로 사진을 찍는 일을 하다가 사
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many 진을 배우기로 결심했다.
years, I could feel my heart beating fast. ③ 나는 다니던 직장을 그만두고 직업 사진사가 되기로 결
심했다.
51. 위 글의 (A)를 올바르게 고친 것은?51) ④ 나는 직업 사진사로서의 성공을 확신할 수 없었지만 도
전하기로 했다.
① how I found my dream and realized it.
⑤ 나는 현재 전문 사진사이고 행복하다.
② how do I find and realize my dream?
③ how I find my dream and realize it?
④ I do find how my dream and realize it. 54. 위 글의 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 문장에서의 용법이 나머지와 다른 하
⑤ I how found my dream and realized it. 나는54)
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
52. 위 글의 내용과 일치하지 않는 것은?52)

ⓐWhen David Parker was young, he didn’t have a dream.

55. 위 글의 ‘I’의 조언과 가장 거리가 먼 것은?55)

ⓑHe majored in engineering because he was quite ① Listen to your heart and follow it.
interested in it. ⓒAfter college, he got a stable job at an ② Think about things that make you happy.
engineering company. ⓓHowever he wasn’t sure if he really ③ Try to find out what you’re really good at.
enjoyed it. ⓔEverything changed after he saw the Northern ④ Be courageous in making decisions that may change
Lights in Iceland. your life.
⑤ Try to work hard to pursue your dream.
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
56. 다음 중 어법상 올바르지 않은 것은?56) [1과]

① I was wondering if could he speak Japanese.

② Jin wasn’t sure whether he locked to door.
③ We want to know if it will rain tomorrow.
④ We don’t know if they will allow us to park there.
⑤ I’d like to know whether he likes you.

- 8 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

57. 다음 중 어법상 올바른 문장의 개수는?57) [1과] 61. 다음 <보기>에서 A, B의 대화 내용과 일치하는 문장의
개수를 고르면?61) [1과]
⦁It is time to go to school.
⦁My family needed a house to live. A: I really liked your book about training dogs.
⦁I was looking for a chair to sit on. B: Thank you. Do you like dogs?
⦁Would you like something cold to drink? A: yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals.
⦁Jenny brought a box to put her things. B: have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor?
⦁Ms. Kim wanted a sheet of paper to write. A: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor.
B: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
① 1개 ② 2개 ③ 3개 ④ 4개 ⑤ 5개 A: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
B: That's good. What else are you doing?
A: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
58. 다음 <보기>와 같이 아래 영어 문장을 완성하여 쓰시
B: You're doing great! I hope you become a good animal
오.58) [1과]
doctor someday.
<보기>
A: Thank you.
Judy: “Am I going in the right direction?”
→ Judy isn’t sure whether she is going in the right
<보기>
direction.
ⓐ A has never read B's book before.
ⓑ A's goal is loving all kinds of animals.
Henry: “Do I have my ID card with me?”
ⓒ B's book is about how to become an animal doctor.
ⓓ A has been on a lot of TV shows about animals before.
→ Henry doesn’t know ______________________________.
ⓔ A is doing volunteer work at the local animal hospital
to achieve his goal.
59. 다음 대화의 흐름상 어색한 곳은?59) [1과] ⓕ B asked A if A wanted to become a writer.
A: Have you ever visited another country?
B: ⓐNo, I haven't. have you? ① 0개 ② 1개 ③ 2개 ④ 3개 ⑤ 4개
A: ⓑI've been to France. ⓒ I hope you can travel to
another country sometime. 62. 다음 두 문장을 한 문장으로 바꿔쓴 것 중 어법상 올바
B: Yes, I really want to visit Canada. Look! This book about 른 것은?62) [1과]
Canada is very interesting. You should read this book. ① I don't know. Is Kate at home now?
A: I've already read it. ⓓHave you also seen the video → I don't know whether Kate will be at home now.
about Canada? ② I wanted to know. When she leave the party?
B: ⓔYes, it was good. → I wanted to know. When did she leave the party.
A: I think it's even better than the book. I hope you can ③ I'm not sure. Will Andy come to the meeting?
see the video soon. → I'm not sure if Andy will come to the meeting or not.
④ Ann is asking the man. Is there a bus stop nearby?
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ → Ann is asking the man where is a bus stop nearby.
⑤ I'm wondering. Can I get a refund for my ticket?
60. 다음 우리말과 같은 뜻이 되도록 아래 조건을 모두 만 → I'm wondering whether can I get a refund for my
족시키는 영어 문장을 쓰시오.60) [1과] ticket.
<조건>
⦁다음 단어를 모두 활용하시오. 63. 다음 <보기>의 밑줄 친 부분의 쓰임이 같은 것끼리 묶
(need, somebody, Japanese) 인 것은?63) [1과]
⦁필요한 단어는 추가해서 쓰시오. <보기>
⦁to부정사를 사용하시오. a. I'm glad to be with you.
b. This is the best way to get there.
나는 나에게 일본어를 가르쳐줄 누군가가 필요해. c. She grew up to be an English teacher.
d. I have a great idea to share with you.
정답 : _________________________________________________ e. Don't forget to write your name on your book.
f. My friends gathered together to celebrate my birthday.

① a, b ② b, c ③ b, d
④ c, e ⑤ e, f

- 9 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 67. 위 글의 흐름으로 보아 주어진 문장이 들어가기에 가장

Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a 적절한 곳은?67)
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how ⓐdid I Then one day, I made a bold decision.
find my dream and (A)realized it. I hope my story can
inspire you. When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked ① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
taking pictures. However, I never thought these things
could lead to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all.
68. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (가)if와 쓰임이 다른 것을 두 개 고르
When I had to ⓑdecide to a (B)major in college, I chose
면?68)
engineering. ⓒBe an engineer looked OK. After college, I
got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job, ① Jane will forgive you if you tell her the truth.
but I didn't know ⓓif I really enjoyed it. Everything ② I wonder if you can go shopping with me.
changed when I went on vacation to Iceland one winter. ③ Could you tell me if my answer is correct?
There I got a chance to see the Northern Lights. The lights ④ Sue wants to know if there is water on Mars.
were ⓔamazed, and I took many pictures of the dancing ⑤ I will ask my brother for help if I have any trouble.
lights in the sky. For the first time in many years, I could
feel my heart (C)beat fast. 69. 위 글의 화자와 진행한 인터뷰의 내용에서 본문의 내용
과 일치하지 않는 것 두 개를 고르면?69)
64. 위 글의 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 옳은 것은?64) Q: What do you do for living now?
A: ⓐI'm a professional photographer.
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
Q: What did you do after you came back from Iceland?
A: ⓑI entered a photo contest with the pictures that I
65. 위 글의 화자에 관한 내용과 일치하지 않는 것은?65)
took in Iceland.
① He has been to Iceland for a vacation. Q: I heard that you made a bold decision. What is it?
② He didn't really enjoy working as an engineer. A: ⓒI quit my job to do some part-time work as a
③ When he was young, his dream changed often. photographer.
④ After college, he got a job that was related to his Q: Why did you decide to become a professional
major. photographer?
⑤ When he took many pictures of the Northern Lights, A: ⓓIt's because I was certain that I could succeed as a
he got excited. photographer.
Q: Why did you start to learn about photography?
66. 위 글의 (A), (B), (C)의 뜻과 다음 각 문장에서 밑줄 친 A: ⓔI realized that taking pictures made me happy and
단어의 뜻이 같은 것은?66) wanted to become a good photographer.

① (A): It was too late when I realized my mistake.

① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
② (A): She realized her dream of becoming an actor.
③ (B): Smoking is the major cause of lung cancer.
④ (C): I like music with a strong beat. 70. 위 글에 대해 옳게 설명한 학생은?70)
⑤ (C): Beat the egg whites with a cup of sugar. ① 가희: ⓐ는 to beat로 바꿔쓸 수 있어.
② 나희: ⓑ, ⓕ는 모두 목적격 관계대명사로 생략할 수 있어.
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] ③ 다희: ⓒ는 사진 경연 대회에 참가한 것을 의미해.
One winter I went on vacation to Iceland and took many ④ 라희: ⓓ는 ‘~처럼’이라는 뜻이야.
pictures of the dancing lights. Fir the first time, I could feel ⑤ 마희: ⓔ는 taking으로 바꿔쓸 수 없어.
my heart ⓐbeat fast. After I came back. I entered a photo
contest with the pictures ⓑthat I took in Iceland.
Surprisingly, I won first prize, and ⓒthis gave me a chance
to think about my life. I realized that taking pictures made
me happy. (A) Suddenly, I wanted to become a
photographer, so I started to learn more about
photography. (B) After years of trial and error, I got better,
and I began to do some part-time work ⓓas a
photographer. (C) I quit my job and decided ⓔto take
pictures for living. (D) I wasn't sure (가)if I could succeed,
but I decided to try. (E) I really wanted to do something
ⓕthat made me happy. Now, I'm a professional
photographer, and I'm happy.

- 10 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 74. 다음 중 어법상 옳은 문장을 <보기>에서 있는 대로 고

So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's 른 것은?74) [1과]
some to help you. <보기>
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do a. She needs someone to talk.
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking b. She needs someone to love.
pictures of stars. c. Bring me five pencils to write with.
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I d. I have sheet of paper to write with.
became a photographer through hard work. e. Let's make delicious something to eat.
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that f. You are the only person to depend on.
will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance. g. can you lend me a magazine to read on?
I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it! h. We are looking for an apartment to live in.
*I: David Parker
① a, c, f ② b, c, d ③ e, g, h
71. 위 글을 잘 이해하지 못한 학생은?71) ④ b, c, f, h ⑤ d, d, g, h

① 가영: I will try my best to realize my dream.

② 나영: It will be hard to realize my dream if I don't 75. 다음 <보기>의 밑줄 친 to 부정사와 용법이 같은 것
make any effort for dream to come true. 은?75) [1과]
③ 다영: If I get a chance to follow my heart, I will be <보기>
brave enough to take that chance. ⦁I have many things to do now.
④ 라영: I will listen to my inner self and find out what I
like to do and what makes me happy. ⓐ I hope to see you again.
⑤ 마영: It's too dangerous to change one's job. We ⓑ He has no time to sleep these days.
should be careful in making a bold decision. ⓒ I have lots of work to do this weekend.
ⓓ His dream is to be a swimming champion.
72. 위 글을 읽고 한 학생이 꿈에 관한 명언을 찾아보았다. ⓔ I have a lot of homework to do by tonight.
밑줄 친 (A), (B), (C)에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것 ⓕ I woke up late and hurried to catch the bus.
은?72)
Steve jobs: Each dream you (A)_____________ is a part of ① ⓐ, ⓑ, ⓒ ② ⓑ, ⓒ, ⓓ ③ ⓑ, ⓒ, ⓔ
your future that will no longer exist. ④ ⓒ, ⓓ, ⓔ ⑤ ⓓ, ⓔ, ⓕ
Eleanor Roosevelt: The future belongs to those who
(B)____________ the beauty of their dreams. v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
Walt Disney: (C)_______________ you can dream it, you can So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's
do it. some advice to help you. First, follow your (A)[book /
heart]. Think about what you like to do and what makes
(A) (B) (C) you happy. In my case, it was taking pictures of stars.
① leave behind imagine That Second, work (B)[hard / hardly]. Pursuing a dream is not
② pursue question If easy. I became a photographer through a lot of effort.
③ leave behind believe in Whether Third, be bold. You need courage to (C)[make / give]
④ pursue question Whether decisions that will change your life. I was afraid but I took
⑤ leave behind believe in Whether a chance. I truly hope you can find a dream. Also, if you
pursue and live ⓐit, you can be a happy man or woman
like me!
73. 다음 중 짝지어진 대화가 어색한 것은?73) [1과]

① G: Have you ever had Spanish food before? 76. 위 글의 괄호 (A), (B), (C) 안에 들어갈 표현이 바르게
B: No, I haven’t. I hope I can try it sometime. 짝지어진 것은?76)
② G: Can you go shopping with me? (A) (B) (C)
B: I’m sorry, but I can’t. I have a lot of homework to ① book hard make
do. ② heart hardly make
③ G: Have you tried Bulgogi before? ③ book hardly give
B: Yes, I’ve eaten it once. It was really delicious. ④ heart hard give
④ G: Which one do you prefer? ⑤ heart hard make
B: I like both. I can’t make a decision.
⑤ G: I am not feeling well. I think I have a cold. 77. 위 글에서 밑줄 친 ⓐ가 가리키는 것은?77)
B: That’s too bad. I hope I can get better soon.
① a dream ② a major ③ an advice
④ a chance ⑤ a job

- 11 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 80. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)를 영어로 바르게 옮긴 것은?80)

Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker. When I was
① I wasn’t sure if I could succeed, but I decided to try.
young, I loved stars. I also liked ⓐtaking pictures. However,
② I wasn’t sure if could I succeed, but I decided to try.
I never thought these things could ⓑlead to a job. In fact, ③ I wasn’t sure if I could succeed, but I try to decide.
I didn't have a dream at all.
④ I wasn’t sure if I could succeed, but I decided trying.
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
⑤ I wasn’t sure if I could succeeded, but I decided to
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. ⓒAfter college, try.
I got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it.
Everything changed ⓓwhen I went on vacation to Iceland
81. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?81)

one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern ① 화자는 자신이 영국에서 찍은 사진들을 가지고 사진대회
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures 에 참가했었다.
of the dancing lights in the sky. ⓔFor the first time in ② 화자는 사진대회에서 1등 상을 타진 못했지만 사진 찍는
many years, I could feel my heart beating fast. 것이 행복하다는 것을 깨달았다.
③ 화자는 좋은 사진작가가 되고 싶어서 사진 촬영 기술에
78. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ의 우리말 의미가 적절하지 않은 대해 더 배웠다.
것은?78) ④ 몇 달의 시행착오 후에 화자는 사진작가로서 시간제 근
무를 했다.
① ⓐ: 사진들을 찍는 것을
⑤ 화자는 직업을 그만두고 취미 활동으로 사진을 찍었다.
② ⓑ: ~으로 이어지다
③ ⓒ: 대학 졸업 후에
v 다음 글을 읽고, 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
④ ⓓ: 내가 출장을 갔을 때
⑤ ⓔ: 수년 만에 처음으로 When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
pictures. ⓐ_____________, I never thought these things could
lead to a job.
79. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?79)

① David Parker had a dream when he was young. (A) The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures of
② David Parker’s major in college was photography but the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
he became an engineer. years, I could feel my heart beating fast.
③ David Parker wasn’t sure if a job at an engineering
company was stable. (B) In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all. When I had to
④ David Parker got a chance to see the Northern Lights decide on a major in college, I chose engineering. Being an
in Brazil. engineer looked OK. After college, I got a job at an
⑤ David Parker took many pictures of the dancing lights engineering company.
and he could feel his heart beating fast for the first
time. (C) It was a stable job, but I didn’t know ⓑ_____________ I
really enjoyed it. Everything changed when I went on
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] vacation to Iceland one winter. There I got a chance to see
After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the the Northern Lights.
pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and
this gave me a chance to think about my life. I realized 82. 위 주어진 글 다음에 이어질 (A)~(C)의 순서로 가장 적
that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to 절한 것은?82)
become a good photographer, so I started to learn more
① (A) - (B) - (C) ② (B) - (A) - (C)
about photography. After years of trial and error, I got
③ (B) - (C) - (A) ④ (C) - (A) - (B)
better, and I began to do some part-time work as a
⑤ (C) - (B) - (A)
photographer. Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit
my job and did my best to take pictures for a living. (A)제
가 성공할 수 있을지 확신하지는 못했지만 시도해 보기로 결 83. 위 글의 ⓐ, ⓑ에 들어갈 표현으로 가장 알맞은 것
심했어요. I really wanted to do something that made me 은?83)
happy. Now, I'm a professional photographer, and I'm ⓐ ⓑ
happy. ① However that
② However whether
③ Therefore that
④ Therefore whether
⑤ For example if

- 12 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고, 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 88. 다음 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법상 어색한 것은?88) [1

So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here’s 과]
some advice to help you. (A) First, follow your heart. (B) In After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
my case, it was taking pictures of stars. Second, work hard. pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and
Pursuing a dream is not easy. (C) I became a photographer this gave me ⓐa chance to think about my life. I realized
through hard work. Third, be bold. (D) You need courage ⓑthat taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted
to make decisions ⓐ____________________________. (E) I was to become a good photographer, so I started to learn
afraid but I took a chance. I truly hope you can find a more about photography. ⓒAfter years of trial and error, I
dream, pursue it, and live it! got better, and I began to do some part-time work as a
photographer.
84. 위 글의 (A)~(E) 중 주어진 문장이 들어갈 위치로 가장 Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
알맞은 것은84) ⓓdecide to take pictures for a living. I wasn’t sure ⓔif I
Think about what you like to do and what makes you could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do
happy. something that made me happy.

① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ

85. 위 글의 ⓐ에 들어갈 표현으로 가장 알맞은 것은?85) 89. 다음 (A)~(E) 중 어법상 옳은 문장의 수는?89) [1과]

① that will change your life (A) We had a lot of snowy last winter.
② that will make you comfortable (B) I have been knowing him for 10 years.
③ that will make you a photographer (C) How long do you have been reading books?
④ that can help you to find your dream (D) I went to bed early in order to get enough sleep.
⑤ that you can change your life for yourself (E) He got up early so that he could see the sunrise.

① 1개 ② 2개 ③ 3개 ④ 4개 ⑤ 5개
86. 다음은 제시된 단어의 영영 풀이이다. 예문과 영영 풀이
가 바르게 연결된 것은?86) [1과]
v 다음 대화를 읽고, 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
realize major G: I’m going to buy this CD. I love listening to piano
ⓐ v. to know or ⓒ adj. very important music.
understand something serious, main B: Me, too. I also enjoy ⓐplay the piano.
G: Really? So you can play the piano?
ⓑ v. to make real ⓓ n. the main subject B: Yes. How about you?
that a college student G: Well, I’ve never learned how to play.
studies B: It’s fun. ⓑ네가 배울 기회가 있길 바란다.

① I realized that I was wrong. - ⓑ 90. 위 대화의 ⓐ의 표현을 적절한 형태로 고쳐 쓰시오.90)
② My major is Korean history. - ⓒ
정답 : _________________________________________________
③ I didn’t realize that there was a problem. - ⓐ
④ He finally realized his goal of becoming a painter. - ⓐ
⑤ Salt is the major cause of many health problems. - ⓓ 91. 위 대화 중 ⓑ의 밑줄 친 우리말과 일치하도록 주어진
단어들을 바르게 배열하여 쓰시오.91)

87. 다음 중 어법상 옳은 문장을 모두 고른 것은?87) [1과] have / to learn / hope / you’ll / I / a chance

(A) She didn’t let me see what she was doing.

정답 : _________________________________________________
(B) The doctor made the patient to stay in bed.
(C) She had the waiter bring her a cup of coffee.
(D) He told his friends play soccer with him after school.
(E) Our main task is to help the company becoming
profitable.

① (A), (B) ② (A), (C)

③ (A), (C), (D) ④ (B), (C), (E)
⑤ (C), (D), (E)

- 13 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

92. 다음 제시된 우리말과 일치하도록 주어진 단어를 모두 v 다음 글을 읽고, 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
사용하여 문장을 완성하시오. (단, 어법에 맞게 형태를 Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a
변형하거나 추가할 수 있음)92) [1과] photographer. ⓐToday, I’m going to tell you how did I
(1) 나에게 차가운 마실 것을 가져다주겠니? find my dream and realize it. I hope my story can inspire
(get / you / something / cold / can / drink / me) you.
→ ______________________________________________________. ⓑWhen I had to decided on a major in college, I chose
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
(2) 나는 중국어를 나에게 가르쳐줄 누군가가 필요하다. got a job at an engineering company. ⓒIt was a stable
(I / teach / me / somebody / need / Chinese) job, but I don’t know when I really enjoyed.
→ ______________________________________________________. ⓓEverything changed whether I went to vacation to
Iceland one winter. There I got a chance to see the
Northern Lights. ⓔThe lights were amazing, and I took
93. 다음 각 사람들의 말을 참고하여 <보기>와 같이 문장
many pictures of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first
을 완성하시오.93) [1과]
time in many years, I could feel my heart beating fast.
<보기>
Sue: Is there a pizza shop at the airport?
→ Sue is wondering whether there is a pizza shop at the
96. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법상 바른 것은?96)
airport. ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ

(1) Mike: Do I have my passport with me? 97. 위 글의 내용으로 David Parker와 인터뷰할 때 할 수
Mike isn’t sure _______________________________________. 없는 질문은?97)
① What is your name and your job?
(2) Harry: Can you help me?
② What are you going to talk about today?
Harry is asking a woman ____________________________.
③ What was your major in college and where did you
work after college?
94. 다음 글의 괄호 (A), (B), (C) 안에서 어법에 맞는 단어를 ④ Where did you go on vacation in this summer?
순서대로 고른 것은?94) [1과] ⑤ How did you feel when you saw the Northern Lights?
April 27, 2021
Today we had lots of (A)[rain / rainy], so we had to stay 98. 다음 대화의 흐름에 맞게 (A)~(D)의 순서를 바르게 배
at home all day. My sister cooked Tteokbokki for lunch. It 열한 것은?98) [1과]
was hot but (B)[taste / tasty]. After lunch, I felt very tired
A: I really liked your book about training dogs.
and (C)[sleep / sleepy], so I took a nap.
B: Thank you. Do you like dogs?
(A) Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor.
(A) (B) (C)
(B) Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals.
① rain taste sleep
(C) What are you doing to achieve your goal?
② rain tasty sleepy
(D) Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor?
③ rain taste sleepy
A: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
④ rainy tasty sleep
B: That’s good. What else are you doing?
⑤ rainy taste sleepy
A: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about naimals.
B: You’re doing great! I hope you become a good animal
95. 다음 글의 빈칸 어느 곳에도 들어갈 수 없는 단어는?95) doctor someday.
[1과] A: Thank you.
- My __________ in college was computer science.
- Don’t __________ only money and fame. Find a job which ① (A)-(B)-(D)-(C)
can make you happy. ② (B)-(C)-(D)-(A)
- Mike chose to live an adventurous life rather than a(n) ③ (B)-(D)-(A)-(C)
__________ but boring life. ④ (C)-(A)-(D)-(B)
- I hope my book can __________ many students who are ⑤ (C)-(D)-(B)-(A)
interested in traveling.

① major ② stable ③ pursue

④ realize ⑤ inspire

- 14 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고, 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 102. 다음 대화의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ의 의미로 적절하지 않은

After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the 것은?102) [1과]
pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and A: What do you do ⓐfor a living?
this gave me a ⓐchance to think about my life. I ⓑ B: I ⓑmake clothes.
realized that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I A: Did you finish making my clothes?
wanted to become a good photographer, so I started to B: Yes. ⓒAfter a lot of trial and error, I made the most
learn more about photography. After years of trial and beautiful clothes.
error, I got better, and I began to do some part-time work A: Which one do you ⓓprefer?
as a photographer. B: I like both. I can’t ⓔmake a decision.
Then one day, I made a ⓒbold decision. I ⓓquit my job
and decided to take pictures ⓔfor a living. I wasn’t sure if ① ⓐ: 생계를 위해서
I could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do ② ⓑ: 옷을 만들도록 시키다
something that made me happy. Now, I’m a professional ③ ⓒ: 많은 시행착오 후에
photographer, and I’m happy. ④ ⓓ: 선호하다
⑤ ⓔ: 결정하다
99. 위 글 ⓐ~ⓔ의 영영 풀이가 맞는 것은?99)

① ⓐ chance – patterns of colors in the sky 103. 다음 글의 빈칸 (A), (B)에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한
② ⓑ realize – done to earn enough money to live 것은?103) [1과]
③ ⓒ bold – confident and not afraid When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
④ ⓓ quit – to start doing something pictures. (A)__________, I never thought these things could
⑤ ⓔ for a living – experimenting until a solution is lead to a job. (B)__________, I didn’t have a dream at all.
found
(A) (B)
100. 위 글의 화자에 관한 내용과 일치하는 것은?100) ① So And
② But While
① 아이슬란드에서 찍은 사진으로 대회에서 1등상을 탔다.
③ However In fact
② 엔지니어로 사는 것이 자신을 행복하게 만든다는 것을
④ However For example
깨달았다.
⑤ Although Therefore
③ 사진술에 대한 배움이 없었지만 사진작가로 성공할 수
있었다.
④ 시행착오 없이 단기간에 전문 사진작가가 되었다. 104. 다음 글의 빈칸에 공통으로 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한
⑤ 사진작가로 성공하리라는 확신이 있었기 때문에 직장을 것은?104) [1과]
그만두었다. - I’m wondering __________ she likes the book.
- My brother will ride a bike __________ it’s sunny
101. 다음 대화의 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것 tomorrow.
은?101) [1과] - Adam wants to know __________ Grace came to the
concert last night.
A: I’ve visited Jeju-do. ______________________________
B: No, I haven’t.
① if ② that ③ what
A: The island is beautiful. I hope you can visit there
④ when ⑤ whether
sometime.

① Did you visit Jeju-do? 105. 다음 중 어법상 옳은 문장의 개수로 가장 적절한 것

② Where do you want to go? 은?105) [1과]
③ Have you ever visited Jeju-do? ⓐ They found chairs to sit on.
④ What are you going to do this weekend? ⓑ We’re looking for a house to live.
⑤ Have you ever had Spanish food before? ⓒ She has a lot of things to do today.
ⓓ I wonder if you’d like to have dinner with me.
ⓔ Do you know whether there is a bank in this building?

① 1개 ② 2개 ③ 3개
④ 4개 ⑤ 5개

- 15 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

Changing a career is not easy. However, there are many After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
famous people who chose to make major career changes pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and
and succeeded. Here are some examples. this gave me a chance ⓐto think about my life. I realized
Long before Ronald Reagan became the 40th president of that take pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to
the United States at 69, he was young, up-and-coming, become a good photographer, so I started learning more
Hollywood actor in film and TV. about photography. After years of trial and error, I got
John Glenn is best known as an astronaut. But at 53 years better, and I began to do some part-time work as a
old, he became a U.S senator in Ohio, a role he held for photographer.
24 years. Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
Terry Crews is a comedian who is famous for popular TV decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn’t sure if I
shows. However, in the mid-90s, he was a defensive player could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do
for various American football teams. something that made me happy. Now, I’m a professional
Vera Wang was a figure skater and a journalist before photographer, and I’m happy.
entering the fashion industry at age 40. Today she’s one of
the world’s most famous women’s fashion designers. 109. 위 글의 ⓐ와 밑줄 친 부분이 쓰임이 다른 것은?109)

① I have a lot of homework to do.

106. 위 글의 제목으로 가장 적절한 것은?106)
② He went to the library to read a book.
① Various Kinds of Jobs ③ I need somebody to teach me Chinese.
② Difficulties in Changing Jobs ④ Look for something to wear for the party.
③ People Who Changed Their Careers ⑤ Do you have enough money to buy the backpack?
④ Greatest Leaders All Around the World
⑤ The Most Popular Job Which Can Change Your Life 110. 위 글의 글쓴이에 대한 내용으로 옳은 것은?110)

① 사진 대회에서 입상하지 못했다.

107. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?107)
② 사진작가로서 불행한 삶을 살고 있다.
① 성공한 사람들은 직업을 바꾸는 경우가 많다. ③ 직장을 그만둔 후에 바로 사진작가가 되었다.
② Ronald Reagan은 대통령이 되기 전에 유망한 배우였다. ④ 유명한 사진작가가 되고 싶어서 사진술에 대해 배웠다.
③ Terry Crews는 90년대 중반 미식축구팀의 공격수였다. ⑤ 전문 사진작가로서 자신이 성공할 수 있을지 확신이 없
④ John Glenn은 우주비행사와 미국 상원의원직을 함께 수 었다.
행했다.
⑤ 직업을 바꾼 후 세상에서 가장 유명한 남성의류 디자이 111. 다음 Eric의 생일파티에 초대된 여자의 생각을 평서문
너가 된 사람은 Vera Wang이다. 으로 재구성하시오.111) [1과]

108. 다음 중 A와 B의 대화가 올바르게 짝지어지지 않은

것은?108) [1과]
① A: Have you ever visited another country?
B: Yes, I have been to Greece. It was a great
experience in my life.
② A: Have you ever had the Spanish food?
B: No, I haven’t.
③ A: I have read this book about the moon.
B: Have you also seen the movie about it?
정답: She is not sure _____________ _____________
④ A: I love the piano music.
_____________ _____________ _____________ _____________
B: Really? Can you play the piano?
_____________ _____________
⑤ A: I hope you can see the movie soon.
B: No, I haven’t. Have you?

- 16 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 115. 위 대화 B의 마지막 말에 W의 대답으로 가장 적절한

So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here’s 것은?115)
some (A)__________ to help you. ① It’s fun. I enjoy watching TV shows.
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do ② Me too. Those TV shows look really interesting.
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking ③ I hope you’ll train dogs someday.
pictures of the stars. ④ You’re doing great! I hope you become a good animal
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not (B)__________. I doctor someday.
became a photographer through hard work. ⑤ But, you should keep in mind that reading the books
Third, be bold. You need (C)__________ to make decisions is better than watching the TV shows.
that will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance.
I truly hope you can find a draem, pursue it, and live it! v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a
112. 위 글의 흐름으로 보아 (A)~(C)에 들어갈 말로 가장 photographer. Today, I’m going to tell you how I found ⓐ
적절한 것은?112) my dream and realized it. I hope ⓑmy story can inspire
(A) (B) (C) you.
① advice easy courage When I was young, I loved ⓒstars. I also liked ⓓtaking
② advice difficult speed pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
③ advice easy speed to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all.
④ examples easy speed When I had to decide on ⓔa major in college, I chose
⑤ examples difficult courage engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
113. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?113) but I didn’t know whether I really enjoyed it.
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
① The writer gave three tips to take good pictures.
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern
② You should work hard when you pursue your dream.
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
③ According to the writer, you should be afraid of
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
change.
years, I could feel my heart beating fast
④ Yo follow your heart, you need to know what makes
you angry.
⑤ He gave up his dream even though he liked taking
116. 위 글의 밑줄 친 these things가 무엇인지 고른 것
은?116)
pictures of stars.
① ⓐ, ⓑ
v 다음 대화문을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] ② ⓑ, ⓒ, ⓔ
③ ⓒ, ⓓ
B: I really liked your book about training dogs.
④ ⓒ, ⓓ, ⓔ
W: Thank you. Do you like dogs?
⑤ ⓐ, ⓔ
B: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals.
W: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor?
B: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor. 117. 위 글의 내용과 일치하지 않는 것은?117)
W: What are you doing to achieve your goal? ① David Parker is making a speech about himself.
B: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house. ② David Parker’s job was an engineer.
W: That’s good. What else are you doing? ③ David Parker majored in engineering.
B: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about animals. ④ David Parker enjoyed his job as an engineer because it
W: ____________________________________________________. was stable.
⑤ The experience to see the Northern lights inspired him
114. 위 대화의 내용을 읽고 알 수 없는 것은?114) and changed everything.

① B는 개를 훈련하는 것에 관한 책을 읽었다.
② W와 B의 관계는 수의사와 손님이다.
③ B는 개를 포함한 다양한 동물들을 좋아한다.
④ B의 장래희망은 수의사이다.
⑤ B는 지역동물보호소에서 자원봉사를 한다.

- 17 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

After I came back, I ⓐentered a photo contest with the Do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here’s some
pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and advice to help you. (A)
this gave me a chance to think about my life. I ⓑrealized First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do
that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to and what makes you happy. (B)
become a good photographer, so I started to learn more Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
about photography. After years of ⓒtrial and error, I got became a photographer through hard work. (C)
better, and I began to do some part-time work as a Third, be bold. You need ⓐ_____________ to make decisions
photographer. that will change your life. (D) I was afraid but I took a
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I ⓓquit my job chance. (E)
and decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn’t sure if I I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it!
could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do
something that made me happy. Now, I’m a ⓔprofessional 122. 위 글의 흐름으로 보아, 주어진 문장이 들어갈 곳으로
photographer, and I’m happy. 문맥상 알맞은 곳은?122)
In my case, it was taking pictures of stars.
118. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ의 뜻으로 알맞지 않은 것
은?118) ① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
① ⓐ: 참가하다
② ⓑ: 실현하다 123. 위 글의 빈칸 ⓐ에 들어 갈 단어의 영영풀이 뜻으로
③ ⓒ: 시행착오 알맞은 것은?123)
④ ⓓ: 그만두다
① staying the same, with no big changes or problems
⑤ ⓔ: 전문적인
② doing sports or activities for money
③ the main subject that a person studies in college
119. 위 글의 밑줄 친 to think의 to 부정사 용법과 다른 ④ an opportunity to do something
하나는?119) ⑤ the ability to do something that frightens one
① He studies foreign languages to achieve his dream.
② Does he have enough money to buy the book? 124. 다음 밑줄 친 if의 쓰임이 나머지 넷과 다른 것은?124)
③ They have a lot of work to do. [1과]
④ I need a book to read.
① I will tell you about it if I know it.
⑤ Let’s make something delicious to eat.
② Does she know if I can speak Chinese?
③ I’m not sure if Chris will come to the meeting.
120. 다음 중 어법상 옳지 않은 것은?120) [1과] ④ She asked Sam if he could do the work for her.
① Harry asks the woman whether is a bus stop nearby. ⑤ Emily is asking the man if there is a bus stop near
② I wonder whether or not Chris will go out with me here.
again.
③ He wants to know if she likes pets.
④ Mike is wondering whether his friends will come to his
125. 다음 대화의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중, 대화의 흐름상 어색
recital.
한 문장은?125) [1과]
⑤ Judy doesn’t know if she has her passport with her.
A: Hello. ⓐWould you like anything else?
*recital 발표회
B: I’d like a piece of cake.
A: ⓑWhat kind of cake would you like?
121. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중, 쓰임이 나머지 넷과 다른 것
B: ⓒChocolate cake, please.
은?121) [1과]
A: ⓓIs it for here or to go?
① I have many thing to do now. B: ⓔTo go, please.
② Can you get me something to eat?
③ There are many friends to help you. ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
④ She has no time to sleep these days.
⑤ I wanted to do something that made me happy.

- 18 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 128. 위 글 (가)의 흐름으로 보아 주어진 문장이 들어가기

So do you want to find a dream and ⓐrealize it? Here's 에 가장 적절한 곳은?128)
some advice to help you. However, I never thought these things could lead to a job.
First, follow your heart. (A) Think about what you like to
do and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking ① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
pictures of stars. (B)
Second, work hard. (C) Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
129. 위 글의 흐름으로 보아 주어진 문장이 들어가기에 가
became a photographer through hard work. (D)
장 적절한 곳은?129)
Third, be bold. (E) I was afraid but I took a chance.
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ

126. 위 글의 ⓐ와 문맥상 의미가 같은 것만을 <보기>의

밑줄 친 부분에서 있는 대로 고른 것은?126) 130. 위 글을 읽고 화자인 David Parker에 관한 질문 중
답할 수 없는 것은?130)
<보기>
ㄱ. I realized that I was wrong. ① What is his job?
ㄴ. I didn’t realize that there was a problem. ② Where did he go on vacation?
ㄷ. Sam realized his dream of buying a new house. ③ What was his major in college?
ㄹ. He finally realized his goal of becoming a painter. ④ What made his heart beat fast?
ㅁ. She is realizing salt is the cause of many health ⑤ When did he decide to become a photographer?
problems.
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
① ㄱ, ㄴ (가) After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
② ㄷ, ㄹ pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and
③ ㄱ, ㄴ, ㅁ this gave me a chance to think about my life. I realized
④ ㄷ, ㄹ, ㅁ that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to
⑤ ㄱ, ㄴ, ㄷ, ㄹ become a good photographer, so I started to learn more
about photography. After years of trial and error, I got
127. 위 글의 흐름으로 보아 주어진 문장이 들어가기에 가 better, and I began to do some part-time work as a
장 적절한 곳은?127) photographer.

You need courage to make decisions that will change

(나) Then one day, I made ⓐa bold decision. I ⓑquit my
your life.
job and decided to take pictures ⓒfor a living. I wasn't
sure ⓓif I could succeed, but I decided to try. I really
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
wanted to do something that made me happy. Now, I'm a
ⓔprofessional photographer, and I'm happy.
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
(가) Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
131. 위 글 (가)의 ‘I’에 관한 내용과 일치하는 것은?131)
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my
dream and realized it. (A) I hope my story can inspire you. ① 사진 대회에 참가한 후 아이슬란드로 갔다.
(B) When I was young, I loved stars. (C) I also liked taking ② 사진 대회에서 1등 상을 탈 것을 예상했다.
pictures. (D) In fact, I didn't have a dream at all. (E) ③ 어린 시절 꿈은 훌륭한 사진작가가 되는 것이었다.
④ 훌륭한 사진작가가 되고 싶어서 사진에 관한 공부를 더
(나) ⓐWhen I had to decide on a major in college, I chose 많이 하기 시작했다.
engineering. ⓑBe an engineer looked OK. After college, I ⑤ 시간제 사진작가로서 일하기 시작한 후에야 실력이 향상
got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job, 되었다.
but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it.
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland 132. 위 글 (나)의 밑줄 친 구문 ⓐ~ⓔ와 우리말 해석이 올
one winter. There ⓒI got a chance to see the Northern 바르게 연결된 것은?132)
Lights. ⓓThe lights were amazing, and I took many ① ⓐ: 대담한 결정
pictures of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time ② ⓑ: 직장을 바꾸다
in many years, I could ⓔfeel my heart beating fast. ③ ⓒ: 취미생활을 위해서
④ ⓓ: 성공한다면
⑤ ⓔ: 아마추어 사진 작가

- 19 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

133. 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 적절하지 않은 것은?133) [1 v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

과] People Who Changed Their Careers
____________ whether he is telling the truth. Changing a career is not easy. However, there are many
famous people ________________________________. Here are
① I’m sure some examples.
② I wonder Long before Ronald Reagan became the 40th president of
③ I don’t know the United States at 69, he was a young, up-and-coming,
④ I will find out Hollywood actor in film and TV.
⑤ I want to know John Glenn is best known as an astronaut. But at 53 years
old, he became a U.S. senator in Ohio, a role he held for
24 years.
134. 다음 빈칸에 가장 알맞은 단어는?134) [1과]
Terry Crews is a comedian who is famous for popular TV
If you’re ___________, it means that you have courage to shows. However, in the mid-90s, he was a defensive player
do something. for various American Football teams.
Vera Wang was a figure skater and a journalist before
① sad entering the fashion industry at age 40. Today she’s one of
② bold the world’s most famous women’s fashion designers.
③ angry *American football 미식 축구
④ satisfied
⑤ professional
137. 위 글의 내용상 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것
은?137)
v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
① who had various part-time jobs
A: I really liked your book about training dogs.
② who had one career in their life
B: Thank you. Do you like dogs?
③ who didn’t decide to quit their jobs
A: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals.
④ who changed their careers and succeeded
B: ⓐHave you thought of becoming an animal doctor?
⑤ who chose to make major career changes and failed
A: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor.
B: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
A: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
138. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?138)

B: That’s good. What else are you doing? ① 직업을 바꾸는 것은 쉬운 일이다.
A: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about animals. ② Ronold Regan은 69대 미국 대통령이 되기 전 할리우드
B: You’re doing great! I hope you become a good animal 배우였다.
doctor some day. ③ John Glenn은 24년간이나 우주비행사로서 일한 것으로
A: Thanks. 유명하다.
*A-Eric, B-Ms. Kim ④ Terry Crew는 90년대 중반 여러 미식축구팀의 수비수 선
수였다.
135. 위 대화의 밑줄 친 ⓐ가 의도하는 바로 가장 알맞은 ⑤ Vera Wang은 40세의 나이에 전 세계에서 가장 유명한
것은?135) 여성 패션 디자이너 중 한 사람이 되었다.

① 권유하기
② 이유 묻기 139. 다음 밑줄 친 단어 중, 주어진 영영 풀이의 의미로 쓰
③ 경험 묻기 인 것은?139) [1과]
④ 설명 요청하기 confident and not afraid / not frightened of danger
⑤ 희망 표현하기
① This sentence is printed in bold.
136. 위 대화의 Eric에 관한 내용으로 일치하는 것은?136) ② You should highlight the part in bold type.
③ Surin's advice leads to Tom's bold behavior.
① 동물 훈련사가 되고 싶어 한다.
④ Can you see the bold outline of a mountain?
② 개를 훈련하는 것에 관한 책을 썼다.
⑤ He has to memorize the words written in bold.
③ 여러 종류의 애완동물을 기르고 있다.
④ 평소 동물에 관한 영화를 많이 보고 있다.
⑤ 지역 동물 센터에서 자원봉사를 하고 있다.

- 20 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 142. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 문장만을 <보기>에서 있는

Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a 대로 고른 것은?142)
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my <보기>
dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you. (a) David Parker realized that taking pictures made him
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking happy.
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead (b) Everything changed when he went on a vacation to
to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all. France.
(c) When David Parker was young, his dream was to
(A) When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose become a photographer.
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I (d) After college, he got a job at an engineering company
got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job, an it was a stable job.
but I didn't know ⓐ__________ I really enjoyed it. (e) David Parker became a professional photographer right
after he won first prize in the photo contest.
(B) After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and ① (a)
this gave me a chance ⓑto think about my life. I realized ② (a), (d)
that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to ③ (c), (d)
become a good photographer. So I started to learn more ④ (b), (d), (e)
about photography ⓒto become a good photographer. ⑤ (c), (d), (e)
After years of trial and error, I got better, and I began to
do some part-time work as a photographer.
143. 위 글을 읽고 답할 수 없는 질문은?143)

(C) Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job ① What is David Parker’s job?
and decided ⓓto take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure if ② What was the result of the photo contest?
I could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted ⓔto ③ Did David Parker quit his job to be a photographer?
do something that made me happy. Now, I'm a ④ Why did David Parker start to learn more about
professional photographer, and I'm happy. photography?
⑤ How did David Parker get information about the
(D) Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland photo contest?
one winter. There I got a chance ⓕto see the Northern
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures 144. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓑ~ⓕ 중, ‘to부정사’의 쓰임이 같은
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many 것끼리 짝지어진 것은?144)
years, I could feel my heart beating fast.
① ⓑ, ⓔ
② ⓑ, ⓕ
140. 위 주어진 글 다음에 이어질 글의 순서로 가장 적절 ③ ⓒ, ⓓ
한 것은?140) ④ ⓒ, ⓔ
① (A)-(D)-(B)-(C) ⑤ ⓓ, ⓕ
② (A)-(C)-(D)-(B)
③ (B)-(C)-(A)-(D) 145. 다음 주어진 문장의 빈칸에 공통으로 들어갈 말로 알
④ (B)-(C)-(D)-(A) 맞은 것은??145) [1과]
⑤ (C)-(D)-(B)-(A)
(A) after a lot of ________, I made the most beautiful
clothes.
141. 위 글의 빈칸 ⓐ에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것 (B) To be an expert, people have to got through
은?141) ___________.
① if (C) She learned to ride a bike by ___________.
② what
③ while ① chances
④ which ② looking after
⑤ because ③ trial and error
④ being careful
⑤ making a decision

- 21 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 149. 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 문장을 가장 바르게 연결한 것

So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's 은?149) [1과]
some advice to help you. So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do some advice to for you.
and what makes you happy. In my case, ⓐit was taking First, follow your heart. (A)____________________________
pictures of stars. In my case, it was taking pictures of stars.
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I Second, work hard. (B)______________________________
became a photographer through hard work. I became a photographer through hard work.
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it!
will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance. I
truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it! ⓐ Think about what you like to do and what makes you
happy.
146. 위 글의 목적으로 가장 알맞은 것은?146) ⓑ You need courage to make decisions.
ⓒ Your decision will change your life.
① to order
ⓓ Pursuing a dream is not easy.
② to advise
③ to comfort
(A) (B)
④ to interview
① ⓐ ⓒ
⑤ to appreciate
② ⓑ ⓒ
③ ⓓ ⓒ
147. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ가 의미하는 것은?147) ④ ⓐ ⓓ
① 어린 시절 꿈 ⑤ ⓑ ⓓ
② 내가 걱정했던 것
③ 나에게 주어진 기회 150. 다음 글의 괄호 (A), (B), (C) 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현
④ 내 인생을 바꿀 중요한 결정 으로 가장 적절한 것은?150) [1과]
⑤ 내가 하고 싶고 나를 행복하게 해주는 것
Today we had lots of (A)[rain / rainy), so we had to stay
at home all day. My sister cooked Tteokbokki for lunch. It
148. 다음 대화의 내용과 일치하는 것은?148) [1과] was hot even thought it (B)[tasted / tasty] great. After
Brian: I really liked your look about training dogs. lunch, I felt very tired and (C)[sleep / sleepy], so I took a
Will: Thank you. Do you like dogs? nap.
Brian: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals.
Will: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal (A) (B) (C)
doctor? ① rain tasted sleepy
Brian: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal ② rain tasty sleepy
doctor. ③ rain tasted sleep
Will: What are you doing to achieve your goal? ④ rainy tasty sleep
Brian: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal house. ⑤ rainy tasted sleep
Will: That's good. What else are you doing?
Brian: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
Will: You're doing great! I hope you become a good 151. 다음 대화의 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것
animal doctor someday. 은?151) [1과]
Brian: Thank you. A: Have you ever had Spanish food before?
B: No, I haven't. Have you tried it?
① Brian is interested in dogs only. A: Yes, I have. ________________________ It's really good.
② Brian wants to be a dog trainer. B: I think so. For now, I'll just buy this Spanish
③ Will wants Brian's dream to come true. recipe book.
④ Brian has never thought about his future.
⑤ Will does volunteer work at the animal center. ① I'm sure you'll like it, too.
② I hope I can try it sometime.
③ I want you to learn Spanish, too.
④ I wish to have a chance to learn.
⑤ I hope you can visit Spain sometime.

- 22 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

152. 다음 대화의 빈칸 (A)를 주어진 <조건>에 맞게 한 문 155. 위 글을 읽고 나눈 대화 중, 빈칸 (A)에 들어갈 말을

장으로 영작하시오.152) [1과] <조건>에 맞게 영어로 쓰시오.155)
Soyoung: hey, Kyungsun. What are you doing? Ryan: have you heard about David's story?
Kyungsun: Hi. I'm preparing for Daniel's birthday party. Peach: No. What does he do for a living
Soyoung: Oh! Can I help you? Ryan: He is a photographer now. In fact, he has changed
Soyoung: Sure! Thank you! his job.
Soyoung: Okay. What shall I do first? Peach: Oh, really? Why?
Kyungsun: let me see... Oh! there is no chair. Ryan: He said that he always asked himself, "Dud I really
Soyoung: Ok. (A)______________________________________. enjoy my job?“
Peach: You mean (A)______________________________.
<조건>
1. to부정사의 형용사적 용법을 이용하여 8단어 이하로 작성 <조건>
할 것 1. ‘그는 그의 직업을 진짜로 즐겼었는지 아닌지 몰랐다.’라는
2. ‘내가 앉을 의자들 몇 개 가져올게’라는 의미가 되도록 쓸 의미가 되게 쓸 것
것 2. 간접의문문 구문을 이용할 것
3. 다음 단어를 반드시 포함할 것 – some / bring / sit 3. 다음 단어를 반드시 포함할 것 – know
4. 10단어 이하의 영어로 작성할 것
정답: ___________________________________________________
정답: ___________________________________________________
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a 156. 다음 대화의 빈칸 어느 곳에도 들어갈 수 없는 단어
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my 는?156) [1과]
dream and realized (A)it. I hope my story can inspire you. • A: Hello! Nice to meet you. What's your ________?
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking B: Hi. I'm studying ________.
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead • A: I can't walk across this bridge. I'm scared.
to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all. B: This bridge is very stable.
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose You just need ________.
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I • A: I heard that you were a ________ soccer player.
got a job at an engineering company. (B)It was a stable B: Yes, I was, but, I quit playing last year.
job, but I didn't I didn't think that I really enjoyed (C)it.
① major ② engineer ③ courage
153. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?153) ④ photography ⑤ professional

① David has worked as an engineer before.

② David is a famous job consultant for teenagers.
③ David has always dreamed to be a photographer.
④ David decided to change his job because of money.
⑤ David has studied how to find new stars in the sky.

154. 위 글의 (A)~(C)가 지칭하고 있는 것을 바르게 연결한

것은?154)

(A) (B) (C)

a job at an
① my dream engineering college
company
a job at an a job at an
② my dream engineering engineering
company company
③ my dream an engineer a major
a
④ an engineer college
photographer
a job at an
⑤ my story a major engineering
company

- 23 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a 159. 위 글의 괄호 (A), (B), (C) 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현으
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my 로 가장 적절한 것은?159)
dream and realized ⓐit. I hope my story can inspire you. (A) (B) (C)
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking ① amazing dancing beating
pictures. However, I never thought ⓑthese things could ② amazing danced beaten
lead to ⓒmy job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all. ③ amazing dancing beaten
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose ④ amazed danced beaten
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I ⑤ amazed dancing beating
got a job at an engineering company. It was ⓓa stable
job, but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed ⓔit.
160. 위 글을 바르게 이해한 사람을 있는 대로 고른 것
은?160)
157. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ가 가리키는 내용으로 알맞은
Suji: ⓐ는 목적격 관계대명사로 이어진 문장이며 목적격 관계
것은?157)
대명사는 생략되어 있는 거야.
① ⓐ: how my story can inspire you Gunwoo: ⓑ가 의미하는 것은 오로라야.
② ⓑ: how I found my dream and realized it Minji: ⓒ의 영영풀이는 ‘to achieve something that you want’
③ ⓒ: taking pictures 야.
④ ⓓ: studying engineering in college Naomi: ⓓ는 learning으로 써도 괜찮아.
⑤ ⓔ: being a photographer Hoya: ⓔ, ⓕ, ⓖ는 모두 to부정사의 부사적 용법에 해당한다.
Tony: ⓕ는 quitting으로 바꿔서 써도 괜찮아.
158. 위 글의 내용과 다음 David Parker와의 인터뷰 내용 Bella: ⓗ는 주격관계대명사로 who로 바꿀 수는 있지만 생략
이 일치하는 것은?158) 을 해서는 안 돼.
ⓐ Q: What is your name and your job?
A: I'm David Parker, a camera engineer. ① Suji, Bella ② Minji, Naomi
ⓑ Q: What was your major in college? ③ Hoya, Tony ④ Suji, Naomi
A: I studied taking pictures in college. ⑤ Suji, Gunwoo
ⓒ Q: Where did you work after college?
A: I went to a company for engineering. 161. 위 글에서 답을 찾을 수 있는 것은?161)
ⓓ Q: Why did you change your job? ① How much money did he earn?
A: Because I didn't know whether I was good at
② When did he become an engineer?
engineering.
③ Why did he enter the photo contest?
ⓔ Q: What was your dream when you were young? ④ How many days did he go on vacation?
A: I've always wanted to be a photographer.
⑤ Where did he take pictures of the northern lights?

① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
162. 다음 대화의 내용과 일치하는 것은?162) [1과]

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] A: I'm going to buy this CD. I love listening to
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland piano music.
one winter. There I saw the Northern Lights. The lights B: Me, too. I also enjoy playing the piano.
were (A)[amazing / amazed] and I took many pictures of A: Really? So you can play the piano?
the (B)[dancing / danced] lights in the sky. For the first B: Yes. How about you?
time in many years, I could feel my heart (C)[beating / A: Well, I've never learned how to play.
beaten] fast. B: It's fun. I hope you'll have a chance to learn.
After I came back, ⓐI entered a photo contest with the
pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and ① A wants to buy the CD to learn how to play the
ⓑthis gave me a chance to think about my life. I ⓒ piano.
realized that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I ② A knew that B can play the piano.
wanted to become a good photographer, so I started ⓓto ③ A will never learn how to play the piano.
learn more about photography. A few years later, I got ④ A doesn't know how to play the piano while B can.
better, and I began ⓔto do some part-time work as a ⑤ B will have a chance to learn fun music.
photographer.
Then one day, I decided ⓕto quit my job and take
pictures for a living. I was afraid but I decided to try. I
really wanted ⓖto do something ⓗthat made me happy.
Now, I'm a professional photographer, and I'm happy.

- 24 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 166. 다음 대화가 끝난 후 B가 할 일로 가장 적절한 것

A: I really liked your book about training dogs. 은?166) [1과]
B: Thank you. Do you like dogs? A: Have you ever visited another country?
A: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. B: No, I haven't. Have you?
B: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal A: Yes, I've been to France. I hope you can travel to
doctor? another country sometime.
A: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal B: Yes, I really want to visit Canada. Look! This book
doctor. about Canada looks very interesting. I want to read this.
B: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
A: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal ① Planning a trip to Seoul with A
house. ② Flying to France with a traveling book
B: That's good. What else are you doing? ③ Borrowing the book from the library
A: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about ④ Calling a friend in Canada after a long time
animals. ⑤ Writing a book about visiting another country
B: You're doing great! I hope you become a good
animal doctor someday. v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
A: ____________________________________.
Do you want to find a dream and realize it? ⓐHere's
some advice you to help.
163. 위 대화에서 두 사람의 관계로 가장 적절한 것은?163) First, follow your heart. ⓑThink about what you like to do
① mother - daughter and what you make happy. In my case, it was taking
② author - reader pictures of stars.
③ teacher - student Second, work hard. ⓒPursuing a dream not easy. I
④ TV show MC - audience became a photographer through hard work.
⑤ animal doctor - dog trainer Third, be bold. ⓓTo make decisions that will change your
life, you need courage. I was afraid but I took a chance.
ⓔI truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and living
164. 위 대화의 내용과 <보기>의 A의 노트가 일치하는 것
it!
을 2개 고르면?164)
<보기>
My future dream. ⓐto be an animal doctor
167. 위 글을 쓴 목적으로 가장 적절한 것은?167)

Things to do to achieve my goal: ① To tell people the importance of staying the same,
- ⓑReading books about good animal doctors with no big changes
- ⓒRaising all kinds of animals ② To cause people to be worried or afraid of achieving
- ⓓMaking animal houses as volunteer work something that they want
- ⓔBeing interested in TV shows about animals ③ To show people the writer's ability to do something
that frightens one
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ ④ To show people the way to find their dreams and
make them real
165. 위 대화의 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것은?165) ⑤ To inspire people to do a sport or activity for money,
as a job
① You, too.
② I'll do my best.
③ You're welcome.
④ How about you?
168. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법상 올바른 것은?168)

⑤ Thanks for training my dog. ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ

- 25 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

169. 다음 <보기>를 설명한 문장으로 올바른 것은?169) [1 171. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐrealized의 의미와 같은 것을 2개

과] 고르면?171)
<보기> ① I realized that I was wrong.
② I didn't realize that there was a problem.
③ I hope I can realize my dream in the future.
④ Tom realized his dream of buying a new house.
⑤ He finally realized his goal of becoming a painter.

172. 위 글을 읽고, 글쓴이에게 있었던 일을 요약하여 시간

순서대로 배열한 <보기>와 일치하는 것을 고르
면?172)
<보기>
ⓐ He went on vacation to Iceland so that he could
There are many people in the airport. ⓐMost of them are take pictures of the Northern Lights.
ordering food. ⓑBilly isn't sure whether I have my passport ↓
with me. ⓒEric is asking the woman if you can help me. ⓑ He took part in a photo contest in Iceland.
ⓓAmy knows if there is a pizza shop at the airport. ⓔJane ↓
is wondering whether she is going in the right direction. ⓒ He didn't know that he won first prize.
↓
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ ⓓ He learned more about photography and took
some pictures as a part-time job.
↓
170. 다음 <보기>에서 필요한 단어들을 골라 대답에 어울
ⓔ He decided to quit his job, a professional
리는 질문을 완성하시오.170) [1과]
photographer and decided to do what made him
<보 기> happy.
visit / visited / have / has /
never / ever / London / you ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ

A: ____________ _____________ _____________ _____________

_____________?
173. 다음 소녀에게 적절한 응답의 말을 ‘I hope~’를 사용
하여 문장으로 쓰시오.173) [1과]
B: No, I haven’t, but I hope to visit London someday.

(A)_________________ _________________ _________________

_________________ _________________ ?

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
years, I could feel my heart beating fast.
After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and A: I’m not feeling well. I think I have a cold.
this gave me a chance to think about my life. I ⓐrealized B: That’s too baad. _____________________________________.
that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to
become a good photographer, so I started to learn more __________________________________________________________
about photography. After years of trial and error, I got
better, and I began to do some part-time work as a
photographer.
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure if I
could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do
something that made me happy. Now, I'm a professional
photographer, and I'm happy.

- 26 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

174. 다음 (A)~(D) 중 어법상 어색한 문장을 골라 빈칸에 178. 다음 글에 대한 설명으로 어색한 것은?178) [1과]
기호를 쓰고 문장을 바르게 고쳐 쓰시오. (문장 전체
After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
를 쓸 것)174) [1과]
pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first pize, and
(A) We found a chair to sit. (A)this fave me a chance to think about my life. I
(B) I’m sure that he closed the window. (B)realized that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I
(C) Please tell me how you found them. wanted to become a good photographer, so I started to
(D) You should take something warm to wear. learn more about photography. After years of trial and
error, I got better, and I began to do some part-time work
기호: ________ (C)as a photographer.
__________________________________________________________ Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn’t sure if I
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking something that made me happy. Now, I’m a professional
pictures. (A)[However / Whenever], I never thought ⓐthese photographer, and I’m happy.
things could lead to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream
at all. ① (A)this는 사진 대회에서 1등 상을 탄 것을 의미한다.
When I had to decide (B)[to / on] a major in college, I ② (B)realize는 ‘실현하다’라는 뜻으로 사용되었다.
chose engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After ③ (C)as는 ‘~로서(자격)’라는 뜻으로 사용되었다.
college, I got a job at an engineering company. It was a ④ 글쓴이는 현재 전문 사진작가로서 행복하다.
stable job, but I didn’t know (C)[that / if] I really enjoyed ⑤ 글쓴이는 좋은 사진작가가 되고 싶어서 사진 촬영 기술
it. 에 대해 더 배웠다.
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern 179. 다음 대화의 흐름에 맞게 (A)~(D)의 순서를 바르게 배
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures 열한 것은?179) [1과]
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
A: I’m going to buy this CD. I love listening to piano
years, I could feel my heart beating fast.
music.
(A) Yes. How about you?
175. 위 글의 괄호 (A), (B), (C) 안에 들어갈 단어끼리 알맞 (B) Really? So you can play the piano?
게 찍지어진 것은?175) (C) Well, I’ve never learned how to play.
(A) (B) (C) (D) Me, too. I also enjoy playing the piano.
① However on if B: It’s fun. I hope you’ll have a chance to learn.
② Whenever to if
③ However to if ① (B) - (A) - (C) - (D) ② (B) - (C) - (D) - (A)
④ Whenever on that ③ (D) - (A) - (C) - (B) ④ (D) - (B) - (A) - (C)
⑤ However on that ⑤ (D) - (C) - (A) - (B)

176. 위 글의 내용에 대해 옳고 그름이 어색하게 표시된

것은?176) 180. 다음 <보기>에 주어진 단어들을 우리말과 같은 뜻이
되도록 올바른 순서로 배열하시오.180) [1과]
① When David Parker was young, he wanted to be an
engineer. (F) 나는 중국어를 나에게 가르쳐 줄 누군가가 필요하다.
② When David Parker was taking pictures of Northern
Lights, he wasn’t very excited. (F) <보 기>
③ David Parker got a job at an eengineeringcompany Chinese / I / Somebody / to / need / me / teach
after college. (T)
④ David Parker went on vacation to Iceland one winter. __________________________________________________________
(T)
⑤ David Parker’s major in college was photography. (T)

177. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ가 의미하는 것을 구체적으로 우

리말로 서술하시오.177)
__________________________________________________________

- 27 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 186. 다음 <보기>에서 알맞은 표현을 골라 문장을 완성하

When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking 시오.186) [1과]
pictures. ⓐ__________, I never thought these things could <보 기>
lead to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all. (A) for a living / make a decision
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose / trial and error / think of
engineering. (B) After college, I got a job at an engineering
company. It was a stable job, but I didn't know whether I (1) After a lot of _____________________________, I made the
really enjoyed it. (C) most beautiful clothes.
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland (2) A: What do you do _____________________________?
one winter. (D) There I got a chance ⓑto see the Northern B: I make clothes.
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
of the dancing lights in the sky. (E) For the first time in (1)_______________________________________________________
many years, I could feel my heart beating fast. (2)_______________________________________________________

181. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?181) 187. 다음 글의 (A)~(E)를 적절한 순서대로 나열한 것

① 화자는 어렸을 때 별 세는 것을 좋아했다. 은?187) [1과]
② 화자의 꿈은 북극광 사진을 찍는 것이었다. (A) No, I haven't.
③ 화자는 졸업 후에 아이슬란드에서 직장을 가졌다. (B) I know. I've already read it.
④ 화자는 북극광을 보고 심장이 빨리 뛰는 것을 느꼈다. (C) Well, it's even better than the book.
⑤ 아이슬란드의 북극광은 몇 년 만에 처음으로 나타났다. (D) You did? Have you also seen the movie about the
book?
182. 위 글의 ⓐ에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것은?182) (E) You should read this book about the moon. It's really
interesting.
① So ② Because ③ However
④ Although ⑤ For example
① (C)-(D)-(A)-(E)-(B) ② (D)-(B)-(C)-(E)-(A)
③ (E)-(A)-(C)-(B)-(D) ④ (E)-(B)-(C)-(D)-(A)
183. 위 글의 ⓑto see와 쓰임이 같은 것은?183) ⑤ (E)-(B)-(D)-(A)-(C)
① I'm sorry to hear the news.
② He grew up to be a singer. v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
③ Can you get me something to eat? After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
④ She's so smart to solve this problem. pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and
⑤ My dream is to become a fashion designer. this gave me a chance ⓐthink about my life. I realized
that ⓑtaking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted
184. 위 글의 (A)~(E) 중 다음 문장이 들어가기에 가장 적 to become a good photographer, so I started ⓒlearning
절한 곳은?184) more about photography. After years of trial and error, I
got better, and I began to do some part-time work (A)as a
Being an engineer looked OK.
photographer.
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
decided ⓓto take pictures for a living. (B)나는 내가 성공할
수 있을지 확신하지 못했다, but I decided ⓔtrying. I really
185. 다음 <예시>와 같이 문장을 완성하시오.185) [1과]
wanted to do something that made me happy. Now, I'm a
<예 시> professional photographer, and I'm happy.
Did Mina return the books to the library?
→ Somi is wondering if Mina returned the books to the 188. 위 글을 읽고 다음 질문에 대한 답으로 가장 적절한
library. 것은?188)
Q: What did the speaker do right after he came back from
Does Jessy like the book?
Iceland?
→ Sue wants to know _________________________________.

① He became a professional engineer.

__________________________________________________________
② He went on vacation to take pictures.
③ He quit his job and entered a college again.
④ He entered a photo contest and won first prize.
⑤ He gave a lecture to the students looking for their
dreams.

- 28 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

189. 위 글의 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 그 형태가 적절한 것만 있는 대로 Changing a career is not easy. However, there are many
고른 것은?189) famous people who chose to make major career changes
① ⓑ,ⓓ ② ⓐ,ⓒ,ⓓ ③ ⓑ,ⓒ,ⓓ and (A)[succeed / succeeded]. Here are some examples.
④ ⓑ,ⓒ,ⓓ,ⓔ ⑤ ⓐ,ⓑ,ⓒ,ⓓ,ⓔ Example 1
Long before Ronald Reagan became the 40th president of
the United States at 69, he was a young, up-and-coming,
190. 위 글의 (A)as와 같은 뜻으로 쓰인 것은?190)
Hollywood actor in film and TV.
① You may do as you like. Example 2
② He is as tall as his father. John Glenn is best known (B)[as / in] an astronaut. But at
③ I respect him as a doctor. 53 years old, he became a U.S. senator in Ohio, a role he
④ They were all dressed as angles. held for 24 years.
⑤ He may need some help as he's a new student. Example 3
Terry Crews is a comedian (C)[who / which] is famous for
191. 위 글의 (B)의 우리말을 다음 단어들을 배열하여 영어 popular TV shows. However, in the mid-90s, he was a
로 쓸 때 네 번째에 올 단어로 가장 적절한 것은?191) defensive player for various American football teams.
Example 4
I, sure, I, if, could, wasn't, succeed
Vera Wang was a figure skater and a journalist before
entering the fashion industry at age 40. Today, she’s one
① I ② sure ③ if
of the world’s most famous women’s fashion designers.
④ could ⑤ succeed

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 194. 위 글의 제목으로 가장 적절한 것은?194)

So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's ① How to Change A Career
some advice to help you. ② Difficulty of Changing A Career
First, follow your heart. Think about (A)__________ you like ③ The Best Way to Change A Career
to do and (B)__________ makes you happy. In my case, it ④ Famous People Who Changed Their Careers
was taking pictures of stars. ⑤ The Reason Why Famous People Changed Careers
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
became a photographer through hard work. 195. 위 글을 바르게 이해한 사람은?195)
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that
① Kelly : 직업을 바꾸면 성공하기 쉽구나.
will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance. I
② Michael : 미국의 40대 대통령이었던 Ronald Reagan은
truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it!
퇴임 후 Hollywood 영화배우가 되었구나.
③ Steven : 24년 동안 우주 비행사로 근무한 것으로 잘 알
192. 위 글의 (A), (B)에 공통으로 들어갈 단어로 가장 적절
려진 John Glenn은 Ohio의 상원의원이 되었구나.
한 것은?192)
④ Gloria : 90년대 중반에 다양한 미식축구팀에서 수비수였
① why ② how ③ what 던 Terry Crews는 인기 있는 TV쇼 코미디언이 되었네.
④ that ⑤ which ⑤ Lizzy : 40세의 나이에 패션 산업에 들어온 Vera Wang은
세계에서 가장 유명한 여성 기자가 되었네.
193. 위 글의 화자의 조언을 요약했을 때 빈칸에 들어갈
단어가 차례대로 짝지어진 것은?193) 196. 위 글의 괄호 (A), (B), (C) 안에서 알맞은 표현끼리 바
1. Follow your heart. What do you like to do? 르게 짝지어진 것은?196)
2. Work hard. You can pursue your (A)__________ through (A) (B) (C)
hard work. ① succeed in who
3. Be hold. To change your life, you need (B)__________. ② succeed in which
③ succeed an which
(A) (B) ④ succeeded in which
① job courage ⑤ succeeded an who
② luck chance
③ luck wisdom
④ dream courage
⑤ dream wisdom

- 29 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

197. 다음 대화의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중, 흐름상 어색한 것 v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

은?197) [1과] After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
G: I’m going to buy this CD. I love listening to piano pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and
music. this gave me a chance to think about my life. I realized
B: Me, too. ⓐI also enjoy playing the piano. that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to
G: Rally? ⓑCan you play the piano? become a good photographer, so I started to learn more
B: Yes, I can. ⓒHow about you? about photography. After years of trial and error, I got
G: ⓓI learned how to play. better, and I began to do some part-time work as a
B: I hope you’ll have a chance to learn. ⓔIt’s not difficult photographer.
to learn how to play. Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
decided to take pictures for a living. (A)나는 내가 성골할지
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ 확신하지 못했지만, 나는 시도하기로 결정했다. I really
wanted to do something that made me happy. Now, I’m a
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] professional photographer, and I’m happy.
I : David Parker
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a
photographer. Today, I’m going to tell you how I found my
dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you. (A) 201. 위 글을 읽고 알 수 없는 것은?201)

① What was David Parker’s first job?

When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking ② What was David Parker’s bold decision?
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead ③ What did David Parker do to be a photographer?
to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all. (B) ④ What was the thing that made David Parker happy?
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose ⑤ What did David Parker do after he came back from
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I Iceland?
got a job at an engineering company. (C)
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
202. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)의 해석에 맞게 주어진 단어를 바
one winter. There I got a chance ⓐto see the Northern
르게 배열하시오.202)
Lights. (D) The lights were amazing, and I took many
I / to try / could / wasn’t sure / but / I / succeed / , / I
pictures of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time
/ whether / decided /
in many years, I could feel my heart beating fast. (E)

정답: ___________________________________________________
198. 위 글의 흐름으로 보아, 주어진 문장이 들어갈 알맞은
____________________________________________________
곳은?198)
It was a stable job, but I didn’t know whether I really
203. 다음 우리말을 영어로 바르게 옮긴 것은?203) [1과]
enjoyed it.
나는 건강을 유지할 수 있도록 매일 운동한다.
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
① I exercise every day to healthy.
② I stay healthy so I can exercise every day.
199. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ와 to부정사의 쓰임이 같은 것을
③ I exercise every day so as to I stay healthy.
모두 고르면?(정답 2개)199)
④ I exercise every day so that I can stay healthy.
① Do you want to find a dream? ⑤ I exercise so every day that I can stay healthy.
② Think about what you like to do.
③ She has no time to sleep these days.
④ The girls were excited to see the actor.
⑤ Do you have many friends to help you?

200. 다음 문장에서 어법상 바르지 않은 곳을 찾아 고쳐

문장 전체를 다시 쓰시오.200) [1과]
(1)I’m looking for a house to live.

정답: ___________________________________________________

(2)Does he have interesting anything to read?

정답: ___________________________________________________

- 30 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 207. 다음 대화의 내용과 일치하는 것은?207) [1과]

So do you want to find a dream and ⓐrealize it? Here’s
W: You should read this book about the moon.
some advice to help you.
It’s really interesting.
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do M: I know. I’ve already read it.
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking
W: You did? How about the movie? Have you also seen
pictures of stars.
the movie about the book?
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I M: No, I haven’t.
became a photographer through hard work.
W: Well, it’s even better than the book. I hope you can
Third, be ⓑbold. You need ⓒcourage to make decisions
see the movie soon.
that will change your life. I was afraid but I took a ⓓ (W : Woman, M : Man)
chance. I truly hope you can find a dream, ⓔpursue it, and
live it!
① 남자는 달에 관한 영화를 본 적이 있다.
② 여자는 달에 관한 책도 읽고 영화도 보았다.
204. 위 글을 읽고 David Parker의 조언을 잘못 이해한 사 ③ 여자와 남자는 같이 영화 보러 가기로 했다.
람은?204) ④ 여자는 남자에게 달에 관한 책을 추천받았다.
Ally : David Parker는 꿈을 추구하는 것이 쉽지는 않다고 조 ⑤ 남자는 책보다는 영화가 더 재미있다고 추천했다.
언했어.
Brown : David Parker는 성공하려면 반드시 시행착오를 겪어 208. 다음 대화의 빈칸 (A)~(D)에 들어갈 말을 <보기>에서
야한대. 찾아 차례대로 배열한 것은?208) [1과]
Cloy : 내가 좋아하고, 나를 행복하게 만들어 주는 것이 무엇
Girl: I’m going to buy this CD, I love listening to
인지 생각해 보아야겠군.
piano music.
Dora : David Parker는 자신이 좋아하고 자신을 행복하게 만
Boy: (A)______________________________________________
드는 것이 별을 보러 여행 다니는 것임을 깨달았군.
Girl: (B)_______________________________________________
Elizabeth : 내 인생을 바꿀 결정을 내리기 위해 누군가의 도
Boy: (C)______________________________________________
움이 필요하겠어.
Girl: (D)______________________________________________
Boy: It’s fun. I hope you’ll have a chance to learn.
① Ally, Dora
② Ally, Elizabeth
<보기>
③ Brown, Cloy
ⓐ Really? So you can play the piano?
④ Brown, Dora
ⓑ Well, I’ve never learned how to play.
⑤ Brown, Dora, Elizabeth
ⓒ Yes. How about you?
ⓓ Me, too. I also enjoy playing the piano.
205. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중, 영영풀이가 바르지 않은
것은?205) ① ⓐ-ⓑ-ⓒ-ⓓ ② ⓑ-ⓐ-ⓒ-ⓓ
① ⓐ : to make you feel that you want to create ③ ⓒ-ⓑ-ⓐ-ⓓ ④ ⓓ-ⓐ-ⓑ-ⓒ
something ⑤ ⓓ-ⓐ-ⓒ-ⓑ
② ⓑ : confident and riot afraid
③ ⓒ : the ability to do something that frightens one 209. 다음 빈칸을 <보기>를 참고하여 주어진 <조건>에 맞
④ ⓓ : an opportunity to do something 게 완성하시오.209) [1과]
⑤ ⓔ : to work hard in order to achieve something
Mike: Do I have my passport with me?
→ Mike isn’t sure ______________________________________
206. 다음 중 밑줄 친 단어의 반의어가 바르게 연결되지 *Mike: 남자
않은 것은?206) [1과]
① My car is similar to yours. (↔different) <조건>
② I like to taste the crisp pie. (↔fried) · ‘if’를 사용하여 어법에 맞게 쓸 것
③ The bag is filled with potatoes. (↔empty)
④ I truly hope the corona virus disappears. <보기>
↔appears) Judy: Am I going in the right direction?
⑤ Take this medicine, and you will get better soon. → Judy isn’t sure if she is going in the right direction.
(↔worse) *Judy: 여자

→ _____________________________________________________

- 31 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

210. 다음 대화의 주제로 가장 적절한 것은?210) [1과] 212. 위 글을 읽고 주어진 질문의 응답에서 (A)~(D)의 빈칸
을 <조건>에 맞게 영어로 완성하시오.212)
Eric: I really liked your book about training dogs.
Writer: Thank you. Do you like dogs? Q1. Did David Parker see the Northern lights?
Eric: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. → Yes. He had an (A)___________ ___________ __________
Writer: Have you ever thought of becoming an __________. (그는 그것들을 볼 기회가 있었다.)
animal doctor? Q2. How were the Northern Lights in Iceland?
Eric: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal → They (B)______________ a_____________
doctor. Q3. What did he feel when he took pictures of the lights?
Writer: What are you doing to achieve your goal? → He (C)__________ ____________ ___________ ____________
Eric: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal __________.
house.
Writer That’s good. What else are you doing? <조건>
Eric: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about · 어법에 맞고, 빈칸 수에 맞도록 쓸 것
animals. · 필요한 단어를 추가할 것
Writer: You’re doing great! I hope you become a · 철자가 주어진 빈칸에는 주어진 철자로 시작하는 단어를 쓰
good animal doctor someday. 고, 철자를 포함하여 해당 단어를 쓸 것
Eric: Thank you. · 우리말이 주어진 경우, 우리말에 맞도록 쓸 것

① the way to train dogs (A): ___________ ___________ __________ __________.

② a lot of volunteer work (B): ______________ a_____________
③ the reason why Eric likes dogs (C): _____________ _____________ ____________ ___________
④ interesting TV shows about doctors __________.
⑤ Eric’s goal and his work to achieve his goal
213. 다음 우리말에 맞도록 주어진 단어를 올바른 순서로
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 배열하여 어법에 맞게 완성된 형태의 문장을 쓰시
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a 오.213) [1과]
photographer. Today, I’m going to tell you how I found my (A)나는 중국어를 나에게 가르쳐 줄 누군가가 필요하다.
dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you. → (somebody / I / Chinese / to / me / need / teach)
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking (B)그는 그가 학교에 늦지 않도록 빠르게 걷고 있다.
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead → (for school / be / he / late / is / fast / won’t / walking
to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all. / he / so that)
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I (A): ____________________________________________________
got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job, (B): ____________________________________________________
but I didn’t know whether I really enjoyed it.
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland 214. 다음 중 어법상 적절한 것만을 있는 대로 고른 것
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern 은?214) [1과]
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
ⓐ I'm not sure if or not he is here.
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
ⓑ I want to know whether I can use your computer.
years, I could feel my heart beating fast.
ⓒ We're not sure if we're going to change the plans.
ⓓ I want you to decide if to got here or not.
211. 위 글을 읽고 답할 수 없는 것은?211) ⓔ If you succeed or not is up to you.
① Did David Parker have a dream of taking pictures ⓕ Maybe I should ask my mom if we can visit our
when he was young? grandparents for Christmas.
② Did David Parker choose photography as his major in ⓖ We talked about if we should go or not.
college? ⓗ I'm not sure whether I'll be able to come.
③ Wasn’t he sure whether he didn’t really enjoy his job
at an engineering company? ① ⓐ,ⓑ,ⓕ ② ⓐ,ⓒ,ⓔ,ⓕ
④ Who inspired David Parker to go to Iceland one ③ ⓑ,ⓒ,ⓕ,ⓗ ④ ⓒ,ⓓ,ⓔ,ⓖ,ⓗ
winger? ⑤ ⓑ,ⓒ,ⓓ,ⓕ,ⓖ
⑤ What made David Parker’s heart beat fast?

- 32 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

215. 다음 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?215) [1과] v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's
My name is David Parker, and I'm a photographer. Today,
some advice to help you. First, follow your heart. Think
I'm going to tell you how I found my dream and realized
it. I hope my story can inspire you. When I was young, I about what you like to do and what makes you happy. In
my case, it was taking pictures of stars. Next, work hard.
loved stars. I also liked taking pictures. However, I never
Pursuing a dream is not easy. I became a photographer
thought these things could lead to a job. In fact, I didn't
have a dream at all. through hard work. Finally, be bold. You need courage to
make decisions that will change your life. I was afraid but I
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
took a chance. I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job, it, and live it!
(I=David Parker)
but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it. Everything
changed when I went on vacation to Iceland one winter.
There I got a chance to see the Northern Lights. The lights 218. 위 글을 읽고 다음 문장을 완성하시오.218)
were amazing, and I took many pictures of the dancing David Parker tells students about _____________________
lights in the sky. For the first time in many years, I could ________________________________.
feel my heart beating fast.
정답: ___________________________________________________
① David Parker was thinking of becoming a
photographer when he was young.
② David Parker thought that what he liked could become
219. 위 글을 읽고 다음 문장을 완성하시오.219)

a job. What David Parker liked to do was ___________________

③ David Parker decided to major in what he liked to do. __________________________________.
④ The first job that David Parker got was unstable.
⑤ The experience David Parker had on vacation changed 정답: ___________________________________________________
his life.
220. 위 글을 읽고 다음 문장을 완성하시오.220)
216. 다음 영엉풀이에 해당하는 단어로 알맞은 것은?216) [1 Students should work hard after ______________________
과] _________________________________.
to stop doing something

① beat ② quit ③ lead

221. 다음 주어진 우리말의 의미가 되도록 괄호 안의 단어
④ pursue ⑤ achieve
들을 나열하여 영작하시오.221) [1과]
무슨 일 하세요?
[a / you / living / what / do / for / do]
217. 다음 문장이 자연스러운 대화가 되도록 (A)~(E)를 바
르게 나열한 것은?217) [1과]
정답: _________ _________ _________ _________ _________
(A) No, I haven't. _________ _________
(B) You should read this book about the moon. It's really
interesting.
222. 다음 중 어법상 어색한 것은?222) [1과]
(C) You did? How about the movie? Have you also seen
the movie about the book? ① They need chairs to sit on.
(D) Well, it's even better than the book? I hope you can ② I have a question to ask you.
see the movie soon. ③ We are looking for a house to live.
(E) I know. I've already read it. ④ Would you like something cold to drink?
⑤ She needs a babysitter to look after her baby.
① (B) - (A) - (D) - (C) - (E)
② (B) - (E) - (C) - (A) - (D) 223. 다음 <보기> 문장을 참고하여 밑줄 친 (A)의 우리말
③ (B) - (E) - (C) - (D) - (A) 을 문맥에 맞게 영어로 쓰시오.223) [1과]
④ (D) - (A) - (B) - (C) - (E) <보기>
⑤ (D) - (A) - (C) - (E) - (B) Did I really enjoy it?

답: I didn't know ________ __________ _________ __________

_________.

- 33 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

B: I really liked your book about training dogs. Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
W: Thank you. Do you like dogs? photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my
B: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. dream and ⓐrealized it. I hope my story can ⓑinspire you.
W: 너는 수의사가 되는 것을 생각해 본 적 있니? When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
B: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor. pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
W: What are you doing to achieve your goal? to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all.
B: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house. When I had to ⓒdecide on a ⓓmajor in college, I chose
W: That’s good. What else are you doing? engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
B: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals. got a job at an engineering company. It was a ⓔstable
W: You're doing great! I hope you become a good animal job, but I didn't know (A)내가 그것을 정말 즐겼는지를.
doctor someday. Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
B: Thank you. one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern
*B: Boy, W: Woman Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
224. 위 대화의 밑줄 친 부분의 의미와 같은 뜻이 되는 문 years, I could feel my heart beating fast.
장은?224)
① have you ever think of become an animal doctor? 227. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ와 문맥상 뜻이 적절하게 연결
② Have you ever think of becoming an animal doctor? 되지 않은 것은?227)
③ Have you ever thought becoming an animal doctor? ① realized – 깨달았다 ② inspire – 영감을 주다
④ Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor? ③ decide - 결정하다 ④ major - 전공
⑤ Have you ever thought of become an animal doctor? ⑤ stable - 안정적인

225. 위 대화의 Boy가 목표를 이루기 위해 하고 있는 일로 228. 위 글의 글쓴이에 대한 내용과 일치하는 것은?228)
옳은 것은? (정답 2개)225)
① 어릴 때부터 사진 작가가 되고 싶어했다.
① 동물에 관한 TV쇼 보기 ② 대학에서 부모님이 원하는 전공을 공부했다.
② 개 훈련에 대한 TV쇼 보기 ③ 대학 졸업 후 사진 관련 회사에 취직하게 되었다.
③ 지역 동물의 집에 물품 기부하기 ④ 회사에서 출장으로 Iceland에 갈 기회가 있었다.
④ 지역 동물병원에서 인터뷰 하기 ⑤ Iceland에서 북극광 사진을 찍으며 가슴 뛰는 것을 느꼈
⑤ 지역 동물의 집에서 자원봉사 활동 다.

226. 다음 밑줄 친 우리말을 어법에 맞게 영어로 옮긴 것 229. 다음 문장이 자연스러운 대화가 되도록 문장을 적절
은?226) [1과] 하게 배열한 것은?229) [1과]
A: Have you ever had Spanish food before? (A) Yes, I have. I hope you can try it sometime. It's really
B: No, I haven't. Have you tried it? good.
A: Yes, I have. 네가 언젠가 먹어보길 바라. It's really good. (B) No, I haven't. Have you tried it?
B: I will. For now, I'll just buy this Spanish recipe book. (C) Have you ever had Spanish food before?
(D) I will. For now, I'll just buy this Spanish recipe book.
① I hope you tried it sometime.
② I hope you can try it sometime. ① (A) - (D) - (C) - (B)
③ I hope you can try it sometimes. ② (C) - (A) - (D) - (B)
④ I hope you to trying it sometimes ③ (C) - (B) - (A) - (D)
⑤ I hope you have tried it sometimes. ④ (D) - (A) - (C) - (B)
⑤ (D) - (B) - (C) - (A)

- 34 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] Andy: I really liked your book about training dogs.
After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the Brad: Thank you. Do you like dogs? (A)
pictures I took in Iceland. Andy: Yes I do. I love all ⓐkinds of animals.
Surprisingly, I won first prize, and this gave me a chance Brad: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal
ⓐto think about my life. I realized that taking pictures doctor?
made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to become a good Andy: Yes, I have. (B) I really want to become an animal
photographer, so I started ⓑto learn more about doctor.
photography. After years of trial and error, I got better, Bard: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
and I began ⓒto do some part-time work as a Andy: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
photographer. Brad: That's good. (C)
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and Andy: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
decided ⓓto take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure (A)if I Brad: You're doing great! (D) I hope you become a good
could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted ⓔto do animal doctor someday.
something that made me happy. Now, I'm a professional Andy: Thank you. (E)
photographer, and I'm happy.
234. 위 대화의 밑줄 친 ⓐ와 같은 의미로 쓰인 것은?234)
230. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중, 쓰임이 나머지와 다른 것
① Life has been very kind to me.
은?230)
② Jake can't accept your kind invitation.
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ ③ I need a soap that's kinder to my skin.
④ They sell many kinds of different things.
231. 위 글의 내용과 일치하지 않는 것은?231) ⑤ It's really kind of you to let us use your pool.

① Iceland에서 찍은 사진으로 사진대회에 참가했다.

② 사진대회 후, 사진 기술에 대해 배우기 시작했다. 235. 위 대화의 흐름으로 보아 주어진 문장이 들어가기에
③ 몇 달의 시행착오 후에 사진찍는 것을 생계수단으로 삼 가장 적절한 곳은?235)
게 되었다. What else are you doing?
④ 기존 직장을 그만두는 담대한 결정을 했다.
⑤ 전문사진작가로 나를 행복하게 해주는 일을 하고 있다. ① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E

232. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)와 같은 의미로 쓰인 것은?232) 236. 위 대화의 내용과 일치하는 것은?236)

① I don't know if he likes me. ① Andy는 고양이와 관련된 책을 읽는다.

② If it rains tomorrow, I'll stay home. ② Andy는 강아지를 좋아한다.
③ If you turn left, you can see the building. ③ Brad는 수의사가 되고 싶어한다.
④ You can go if you have finished your homework. ④ Brad는 동물보호소에서 자원봉사를 한다.
⑤ Dad will buy a new computer if I get a good grade ⑤ Andy와 Brad는 같이 TV를 시청하고 있다.
on math.
237. 다음 글의 괄호 (A), (B), (C) 안에서 어법에 맞는 표현
233. 다음 우리말을 영어로 바르게 영작한 것은?233) [1과] 으로 가장 적절한 것은?237) [1과]

여러분은 여러분의 인생을 바꿀 결정을 하기 위해 용기가 필 Then one day, I made a bold decision. I (A)[quit / quitted]
요합니다. my job and decided to take pictures for a (B)[live / living].
I wasn't sure if I could succeed, but I decided to try. I
① You need courage make decisions change your life. really wanted to do something (C)[where / that] made me
② You need courage to make decisions that I will happy. Now, I'm a professional photographer, and I'm
change your life. happy.
③ You need courage making decisions whom will change
your life (A) (B) (C)
④ You need courage to make decisions whom will ① quit live where
change your life. ② quit living that
⑤ You need courage making decisions that have changed ③ quit living where
your life. ④ quitted live that
⑤ quitted living that

- 35 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

238. 다음 대화의 내용을 한 문장으로 요약하고자 할 때, v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

빈칸 (A), (B)에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것은?238) [1 Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
과] photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you ⓐhow I found
Jiho: Excuse me. my dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you.
Sally: Yes? Can I help you? When I was young, I ⓑloved stars. I also liked ⓒtaking
Jiho: Sorry to ask, but is there a bookstore nearby? pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
Sally: The bookstore is far away. But the library is closer to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all.
from here. When I had to ⓓdecide on a major in college, I chose
Jiho: Really? Can you tell me? engineering. ⓔBe an engineer looked OK. After college, I
Sally: Sure. Go straight and turn right at the pizza shop. got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
It's right next to the Jinjeop cafe. but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it.
Jiho: I know that pizza shop! I will try to find the library.
Thank you so much. 241. 위 글의 밑줄 친 부분 중, 어법상 어색한 것은?241)
Sally: You're welcome.
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ

Jiho wanted to know (A)________________ there is a bookstore

nearby, but he's going to find the library (B)______________ 242. 위 글의 내용을 읽고 알 수 있는 것으로 가장 적절한
it's closer. 것은?242)
① Who inspired David Parker?
(A) (B) ② Where was David Parker's college?
① if but ③ What camera does David Parker use?
② while but ④ What was David Parker's major in college?
③ while because ⑤ What kind of stars does David Parker Like?
④ whether but
⑤ whether because 243. 다음 밑줄 친 부분의 쓰임이 <보기>와 같은 것
은?243) [1과]
239. 다음 글의 밑줄 친 부분 중, 흐름상 어색한 것은?239) <보기>
[1과] She has so many shirts to wear.
ⓐEverything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
one winter. ⓑThere I got a chance to see the Northern ① Tom wants to find his jacket.
Lights. ⓒThe lights were amazing, and I took many ② Mike needs something to drink.
pictures of the dancing lights in the sky. ⓓI couldn't see ③ Emily began to watch the movie.
the lights at all because the weather was cloudy. ⓔFor the ④ Sally decided to go to the bookstore.
first time in many years, I dould feel my heart beating fast. ⑤ Sumi will try to watch the baseball game.

① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ 244. 다음 대화에서 빈칸 (A)에 들어갈 표현으로 적절하지

않은 것은?244) [1과]
240. 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 어법상 가장 적절한 것 A: Have you ever had spanish food before?
은?240) [1과] B: (A)_____________________________________________________
My dream is to be a teacher. _____________________. First, I'll
go to university and study education. Second, I will practice ① Yes, I have.
teaching students. Third, I will work at a middle school and ② No, I haven't.
help many students. ③ I have. How about you?
④ No, but I hope I can try it.
① There are many things to do for my dream. ⑤ I hope you can try it sometime.
② There are many things do for my dream.
③ There are many do things to for my dream.
④ There are things many to do for my dream.
⑤ There are things do to many for my dream.

- 36 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

245. 다음 글을 정리한 내용 중 일치하지 않는 것은?245) [1 v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

과] A: I really liked your book about training dogs.
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's B: Thank you. Do you like dogs?
some advice to help you. A: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals.
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do B: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor?
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking A: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor.
pictures of stars. B: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I A: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
became a photographer through hard work. B: That's good. What else are you doing?
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that A: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance. I B: You're doing great! (A)______________________________
truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it! A: Thank you.

Advice 1. Follow your heart 248. 위 대화를 읽고 답을 찾을 수 없는 질문은?248)

- Think about what you like to do...... ⓐ
① What does B want to be?
- Think about what makes you happy ..... ⓑ
② What did A write a book about?
Advice 2. Work hard
③ Why does B do volunteer work?
- Pursue your dream through hard work.. ⓒ
④ What kind of TV shows does B watch?
Advice 3. Be bold
⑤ How many times does B do volunteer work?
- Need courage to make decisions....ⓓ
- Be afraid to change your life... ⓔ
249. 위 대화의 빈칸 (A)에 들어갈 표현으로 가장 적절한
것은?249)
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
① I hope you can be a volunteer worker.
v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] ② I hope you can be a good dog trainer.
③ I hope you can become an animal doctor.
A: My favorite book is Harry Potter. Have you read it,
④ I hope you can watch a lot of TV shows.
Peter?
⑤ I hope you can become a great writer someday.
B: No, I haven’t, but (A)_______________________________. How
about you, Yubin? Have you seen the movie, too?
A: Yes, I have. But I like the book more. I hope you can 250. 다음 중 어법상 옳은 표현은?250) [1과]
read it sometime. ① Mary needs someone to talk.
B: OK, I will. ② I'm looking for chairs sitting.
③ John wants a book to read it.
246. 위 대화의 빈칸 (A)에 들어갈 표현으로 가장 적절한 ④ I have a baby cat to take care of.
것은?246) ⑤ Is there delicious something to eat?

① I have read the book.

② I like the movie more. 251. 다음 중 우리말과 뜻이 같도록 바르게 영작한 것
③ I have seen the movie. 은?251) [1과]
④ I haven't read the book. ① 여기 영수증이 있습니다.
⑤ I haven't seen the movie. Here’s your recipe.
② 국수의 맛은 나라마다 다르다.
247. 위 대화의 내용과 일치하는 것은?247) The taste of noodles is similar in each country.
③ 그 콘서트에 많은 청중이 참석했다.
① Peter는 Harry Potter 책을 읽었다.
There is a large auditorium at the concert.
② Yubin이는 Harry Potter 영화를 좋아한다.
④ 배가 고픈 채로 학교에 가지 마세요.
③ Peter는 Harry Potter 영화와 책을 모두 보았다.
Do not go to school on an empty stomach.
④ Yubin이가 가장 좋아하는 책은 Harry Potter이다.
⑤ 다행히 비가 그쳤다.
⑤ Peter가 가장 좋아하는 영화에 대해 이야기하고 있다.
Unfortunately, it has stopped raining.

- 37 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

252. 다음 그림을 표현한 문장을 완성하는 것으로 어법상 256. 다음 밑줄의 뜻이 바르게 연결된 것은?256) [1과]
적절한 것은?252) [1과]
① Your opinion is similar to mine. (~와 다르다)
② The bucket is filled with water. (~로 가득 차다)
③ There is a large audience at the concert. (학생)
④ When I get stressed out, I eat spicy food. (화가 난)
⑤ Lucy can speak not only English but also French. (~가
아니라 / ~인)

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
The girl wonders _____________________________________. years, I could feel my heart beating fast.
After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
① whether she is too early pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and
② if Eric will like my gift this gave me a chance ⓐto think about my life. I realized
③ whether I am coming soon that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted ⓑ
④ if does she know Eric's friends to become a good photographer, so I started ⓒto learn
⑤ whether is that a chocolate cake more about photography. After years of trial and error, I
got better, and I began to do some part-time work as a
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] photographer.
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
decided ⓓto take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure if I
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my
could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted ⓔto do
dream and ⓐrealized it. I hope my story can ⓑinspire you.
something that made me happy. Now, I'm a professional
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
photographer, and I'm happy.
pictures. However I never thought these things could ⓒ
lead to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all.
When I had to decide on a ⓓmajor in college, I chose 257. 위 글의 내용과 가장 일치하는 것은?257)
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I ① I went to Iceland to take pictures for a contest.
got a job at an engineering company. It was a ⓔstable ② Going on a vacation made my heart beating fast.
job, but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it. ③ I started to learn photography to quit a job.
④ When I quit my job, I knew I would succeed.
253. 위 글의 목적으로 가장 적절한 것은?253) ⑤ After winning the contest, I became a photographer.

① 전공 선택의 중요성을 이야기하기 위하여

② 어릴 적 꿈의 중요성을 이야기하기 위하여 258. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 문장에서의 역할이 다른
③ 직업을 바꿀 때 필요한 영감을 주기 위하여 하나는?258)
④ 직업을 선택하는 데 필요한 요소를 설명하기 위하여 ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
⑤ 원하는 직업을 찾고 이룰 수 있도록 격려하기 위하여

259. 위 글의 사진 콘테스트에서 1등을 하기 전에 일어난

254. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?254) 일은?259)
① David Parker는 현재 공학자로 일하고 있다. ① 사진작가 아르바이트를 했다.
② David Parker는 어릴 적 관심사로 전공을 선택했다. ② 직업을 그만두기로 결심했다.
③ David Parker는 대학 졸업 후 공학자가 되었다. ③ 아이슬란드에서 오로라를 보았다.
④ David Parker는 모험적인 삶을 추구하는 사람이다. ④ 사진을 찍으러 여러 나라를 여행했다.
⑤ David Parker는 자신이 처음 가진 직업에 만족했다. ⑤ 더 좋은 사진작가가 되기 위해 사진을 배웠다.

255. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ의 의미로 올바른 것은?255)

① ⓐrealized 실현했다 ② ⓑinspire 찾아내다

③ ⓒlead 결정하다 ④ ⓓmajor 다수의
⑤ ⓔstable 안전한

- 38 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

263. 다음 문장의 빈칸에 들어갈 말의 어순이 올바른 것

260. 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 단어들이 순서대로 바르게 짝지 은?263) [1과]
어진 것은?260) [1과] Do you have _______________________________________?
⦁Today we had lots of _____________.
(오늘 비가 많이 왔다.) ① to say interesting anything
⦁I’ll do _____________ best to help him. ② interesting anything to say
(나는 그를 돕기 위해서 최선을 다할 것이다.) ③ anything to say interesting
⦁The elevator _____________ down yesterday. ④ anything interesting to say
(어제 엘리베이터가 고장 났다.) ⑤ interesting to say anything
⦁She can speak not only English _____________ also Chinese.
(그녀는 영어뿐만 아니라 중국어도 할 수 있다.) 264. 다음 그림의 밑줄 친 (a)~(e)에 들어갈 단어와 그 의
미가 적절하게 짝지어진 것은?264) [1과]
① rain – his – break – and
② rain – my – break – but
③ rain – my – broke – but
④ rainy – my – broke – but
⑤ rainy – his – broke – and

261. 다음 대화의 내용과 일치하는 것은?261) [1과]

Jimmy: I really liked your book about training dogs.

Writer: Thank you. Do you like dogs?
Jimmy: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals.
Writer: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal
doctor?
Jimmy: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal
① (a) major: a. more important, serious than other things
doctor.
in a group or situation
Writer: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
② (b) scared: a. staying the same, with no big changes
Jimmy: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
or problems
Writer: That’s good. What else are you going?
③ (c) courage: n. the mental strength shown by someone
Jimmy: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
who decides to do something difficult or dangerous
Writer: You’re doing great! I hope you become a good
④ (d) professional: v. to show someone the way by
animal doctor someday.
going in front of the person
Jimmy: Thank you.
⑤ (e) quit: v. to work hard in order to achieve something
① Jimmy doesn’t like an kind of animals.
② Jimmy hasn’t thought of becoming an animal doctor 265. 다음 중 어법상 맞는 문장의 개수는?265) [1과]
before.
ⓐ There are many dishes washing.
③ The writer is doing some volunteer work to be an
ⓑ We hurried to not catch the bus.
animal doctor.
ⓒ Teddy has a little brother to take care.
④ The writer thinks that Jimmy should do more volunteer
ⓓ He wants to know which she likes flowers.
work.
ⓔ Judy isn’t sure if she is going in the right direction.
⑤ Jimm watches lots of TV shows about animal to
ⓕ My mom and I wonder whether or not he will come to
achieve his goal.
the party.

262. 다음 중 밑줄 친 단어의 의미가 나머지와 다른 것 ① 1개 ② 2개 ③ 3개 ④ 4개 ⑤ 5개

은?262) [1과]
① I didn’t realize that you were so unhappy.
② Brad suddenly realized that the boy was crying.
③ He finally realized his goal of becoming famous.
④ It made me realize that we should do our best in
everything.
⑤ The moment I saw her, I realized that something was
wrong.

- 39 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 269. 위 글의 흐름으로 보아, 다음 문장이 들어갈 위치로

Do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's some 가장 적절한 곳은?269)
advice to help you. However, I never thought these things could lead to a
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do job.
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking
pictures of stars. ① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
became a photographer through hard work.
270. 위 글의 빈칸 (가)~(다)에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions ⓐ
것끼리 짝지어진 것은?270)
that will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance.
(가) (나) (다)
I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it!
① on of For
② in to In
266. 위 글의 제목으로 가장 적절한 것은?266)
③ on of On
① Ways to Make Better Decisions ④ at for For
② Why You Need to Have a Dream ⑤ in on In
③ How to Find and Realize a Dream
④ Work Hard to Realize Your Dream! v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
⑤ Do you Want to Become a Photographer? After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and
267. 위 글의 ⓐ와 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중에서 쓰임이 같은 this gave me a chance ⓐto think about my life. I realized
것은?267) that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted ⓑ
① Tom said that he did not feel well. to become a good photographer, so I started ⓒto learn
② The key that are on the table are mine. more about photography. After years of trial and error, I
③ I exercise everyday so that I stay healthy. got better, and I began ⓓto do some part-time work as a
④ I really like the ring that you bought for me. photographer.
⑤ The book that my friend lent me was interesting. Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
decided ⓔto take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure if I
could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
something that made me happy. Now, I'm a professional
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
photographer, and I'm happy.
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my
dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you.
(A) When I was young, I loved stars. (B) I also liked taking
271. 위 글의 주인공에게 있었던 일을 시간 순서대로 바르
게 배열한 것은?271)
pictures. (C) In fact, I didn't have a dream at all. (D)
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose ⓐ I became a professional photographer.
engineering. (E) Being an engineer looked OK. After college, ⓑ I quit my job and decided to take pictures for a living.
I got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job, ⓒ I started to do some part-time work as a photographer.
but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it. ⓓ I began to learn more about photography to become a
Everything changed when I went (가)__________ vacation to good photographer.
Iceland one winter. There I got a chance to see the ⓔ I entered a photo contest with the pictures I took in
Northern Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many Iceland and won first prize.
pictures (나)__________ the dancing lights in the sky.
(다)__________ the first time in many years, I could feel my ① ⓐ - ⓑ - ⓓ - ⓒ - ⓔ
heart beating fast. ② ⓐ - ⓓ - ⓑ - ⓒ - ⓔ
③ ⓔ - ⓒ - ⓐ - ⓑ - ⓓ
④ ⓔ - ⓒ - ⓓ - ⓑ - ⓐ
268. 위 글의 David Parker에 관한 내용과 일치하지 않는
⑤ ⓔ - ⓓ - ⓒ - ⓑ - ⓐ
것은?268)
① He majored in engineering in college.
② He didn’t have any dreams when he was a child.
272. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 다음 문장의 to 부정사와
쓰임이 같은 것은?272)
③ He wasn’t sure if he was satisfied with his first job.
④ He took many pictures of Northern Lights in Iceland. This is the only way to solve the problem.
⑤ It was an exciting experience for him to work as an
engineer. ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ

- 40 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

273. 다음 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법상 옳은 것을 모두 v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

고른 것은?273) [1과] Changing a career is not easy. (A)___________, there are
Maria From Brazil many famous people who chose to make major career
In Brazil, there are many dishes ⓐare made with cassava, changes and succeeded. Here are (B)some examples.
a vegetable similar to a potato. I ⓑlove cassava chips the ⓐ Long before Ronald Reagan became the 40th president
most. Once when I had a bad day at school and felt of the United States at 69, he was a young,
stressed out, my best friend ⓒbought a bag of cassava up-and-coming. Hollywood actor in film and TV.
chips of me. ⓑ Philip Potter was a photographer who liked to take
When I started to eat the chips, my stress suddenly pictures of flowers and plants. He is now in his 90’s. Still,
disappeared. The crisp sound of eating chips ⓓhad me feel he enjoys taking pictures and remains one of the world
better. Now, every time I'm stressed out, I eat cassava famous photographers.
chips. Then I ⓔfeel good again! ⓒ John Glenn is best known as an astronaut. But at 53
years old, he became a U.S. senator in Ohio, a role he
① ⓐ, ⓑ ② ⓐ, ⓒ ③ ⓑ, ⓔ held for 24 years.
④ ⓑ, ⓒ, ⓔ ⑤ ⓑ, ⓓ, ⓔ ⓓ Terry Crews is a comedian who is famous for popular
TV shows. (A)___________, in the mid-90s, he was a defensive
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] player for various American football teams.
ⓔ Vera Wang was a figure skater and a journalist before
Yubin likes to read books. Charlie and the Chocolate
entering the fashion industry at age 40. Today she’s one f
Factory is one of her favorite books. Yubin is wondering
the world’s most famous women’s fashion designers.
(A)if Peter read the book. So she asks Peter,
“(B)__________________________________________” Peter answers,
“No, I haven’t. But I’ve seen a movie” Yubin says that she 277. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?277)
also watched the movie. She preferred reading the book to ① Only a few people change their careers.
watching the movie. ② Philip Potter failed to achieve his dreams.
③ Ronald Reagan became a president his fifties.
274. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)와 if의 쓰임이 의미상 일치하는 ④ John Glen and Terry Crews have worked together in
것은?274) the mid-90s.
⑤ Vera Wang is famous in women’s fashion industry
① She will be angry if he tells the truth.
nowadays.
② You can use a cart if you have many books.
③ You can pass the exam only if you study hard.
④ She is asking the man if there is a bus stop nearby. 278. 위 글의 빈칸 (A)에 공통으로 들어갈 말로 가장 적절
⑤ I will be happy if you finish your homework today. 한 것은?278)
① Then ② While ③ However
275. 위 글의 (B)에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것은?275) ④ Besides ⑤ Similarly

① How did you like your movie?

② How did you make the movie? 279. 위 글의 (B)에 해당하지 않는 것은?279)
③ Have you read the book before? ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
④ How often do you read the book?
⑤ Have you ever watched the movie?

276. 다음 <보기> 중 어법상 맞는 것을 있는 대로 고른

것은?276) [1과]
ⓐ My father had the bike fix.
ⓑ The problem made me feel worried.
ⓒ Mom got her daughter clean the dishes.
ⓓ I heard the students talk loudly outside.
ⓔ The teacher made they clean the classroom.
ⓕ A short nap after lunch made me feel less sleep.
ⓖ My friends helped me to finish the math homework.

① ⓐ,ⓑ,ⓔ ② ⓑ,ⓒ,ⓕ
③ ⓑ,ⓓ,ⓖ ④ ⓒ,ⓔ,ⓕ
⑤ ⓒ,ⓓ,ⓔ,ⓖ

- 41 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

(A) Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a
B: I really liked your book about training dogs. photographer. ⓐToday, I’m going to tell you how did I
W: Thank you. Do you like dogs? find my dream and realize it. I hope my story can inspire
B: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. you. I will start talking from my childhood.
W: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor?
B: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor. (A) Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
A: What are you doing to achieve your goal? one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern
B: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house. Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
A: That’s good. What else are you doing? of the dancing lights in the sky. ⓑFor the first time in
B: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about animals. many years, I could feel my heart to beat fast.
A: You’re doing great! I hope you become a good animal (B) Then one day, I made a bold decision. ⓒI quit my job
doctor someday. and decided taking pictures for a living. I wasn’t sure if I
B: Thank you. could succeed, but I tried. I really wanted to do something
*B: Eric, W: Writer that made me happy. Now, I’m professional photographer,
(B) and I’m happy.
Eric’s blog (C) When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
ⓐToday I met a writer who wrote a book about training pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
dogs. ⓑThe writer asked me about my goal. ⓒSo I to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all.
explained my goal. ⓓMy goal is to be an animal doctor. (D) When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
ⓔI like all kinds of animals and I volunteered to work at engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
the local animal house. got a job at an engineering company. ⓓIt was a stable
I had a wonderful time with the writer. I really want to job, but I didn’t know whether I really enjoyed it.
achieve my dream and join a program. ‘Meeting with an (E) After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
Animal Doctor’ with teenagers who want to be an animal pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize. ⓔI
doctor. realized that taking pictures make me happy. Suddenly, I
To achieve my dream, I have lots of things (가)to do. So I wanted to become a good photographer, so I started to
wrote my to-do-list as follows. learn more about photography.

280. 위 글 (A)와 (B)의 내용이 일치하지 않는 것은280) 283. 위 글의 제목으로 가장 적절한 것은?283)

① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ ① Be Bold to Compete Each Other

② Happiness of Traveling to Iceland
281. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (가)에 쓰인 to부정사와 어법상 쓰임 ③ Ways to Get an Easy but Enjoyable Job
이 같은 것은?281) ④ Story of Realizing a Dream with True Desire
⑤ How to Take Pictures of the Amazing Northern Lights
① Sumi raises a dog to play with.
② Sumi likes to read books about animals.
③ Sumi wonders what to do to be a doctor. 284. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법상 맞는 문장은?284)
④ Sumi has planned to do some volunteer work. ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
⑤ Sumi really wants to become an animal doctor.

285. 위 주어진 글 다음에 이어질 글의 순서로 가장 적절

282. 다음 중 짝지어진 대화가 자연스럽지 않은 것은?282) 한 것은?285)
[1과]
① (A)-(C)-(D)-(E)-(B)
① A: Have you finished your homework? ② (C)-(D)-(A)-(E)-(B)
B: Yes, I have. ③ (C)-(E)-(A)-(D)-(B)
② A: Have you ever been to Disneyland? ④ (D)-(C)-(B)-(E)-(A)
B: I have been there, too. ⑤ (D)-(A)-(C)-(B)-(E)
③ A: I haven't found a dream at all.
B: I hope you can find one someday.
④ A: I think I have a cold.
B: I'm so sorry to hear that. I hope you can get well.
⑤ A: Have you ever tried Korean food?
B: No, I haven't, but I've heard a lot about it.

- 42 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

286. 다음 글의 내용을 요약하고자 할 때 빈칸 (A)~(C)에 v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것은?286) [1과] B: I really liked your book about training dogs.
Do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here’s some W: Thank you. Do you like dogs?
advice to help you. B: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. (A)
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do W: ⓐ_____________ becoming an animal doctor?
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking B: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor.
pictures of stars. (B)
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I W: What are you doing to achieve your goal? (C)
became a photographer though hard work. B: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that W: That’s good. (D)
will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance. B: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals. (E)
↓ W: You’re doing great! I hope you become a good animal
To (A)_____________ and achieve your dream, you need to doctor someday.
follow your (B)_______________, do you best and be B: Thank you.
(C)________________ *B=Boy, W=Woman

(A) (B) (C) 289. 위 대화의 흐름상 빈칸 ⓐ에 들어가기에 가장 적절한

① forgive happiness safe 것은?289)
② pursue mind brave ① Did you think
③ remember success helpful ② Have you met
④ forgive mind safe ③ Have you visited
⑤ pursue success brave ④ Have you thought of
⑤ Are you thinking that
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
So do you want to find a dream and ⓐrealize it? This is 290. 위 대화의 흐름상, 주어진 문장이 들어가기에 가장 적
some ⓑadvice to help you. 절한 곳은?290)
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do
What else are you doing?
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was ⓒto take
pictures of stars.
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dreams ⓓare not easy. I
became a photographer though hard work.
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that
291. 위 대화에서 언급되지 않은 내용은?291)

will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance ① The dream of the boy
(A)________________. I truly hope you can find a dream, ② How the woman became an animal doctor
pursue it, and live ⓔit! ③ The place that the boy does volunteer work
④ The topic of the TV show the boy watches
287. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ의 설명 중 어색하게 설명한 ⑤ The topic of the book that the woman wrote
학생은?287)
① 원기: ⓐ는 ‘to부정사’의 명사적 용법이야. 292. 다음 그림을 보고, 주어진 문장의 빈칸을 접속사를 사
② 아연: ⓑ는 어법상 ‘tip(충고’으로 바꿀 수 있어. 용하여 완성하시오.292) [1과]
③ 준성: ⓒ는 ‘taking’로 바꿀 수 있어.
④ 민수: ⓓ는 ‘is’로 바꾸어야 해.
⑤ 열정: ⓔ는 ‘a dream’을 뜻해.

288. 위 글의 빈칸 (A)에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것

은?288)
① not to think
② not to pursue
③ to change my life
④ to help people become a photographer.
⑤ to follow the person who gives me advice. Harry is asking the woman _________________________.

정답: ___________________________________________________

- 43 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 296. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓑ와 다른 의미로 쓰인 단어가 포함

When I was young, I loved stars. ⓐI also liked taking 된 문장을 모두 고른 것은?296)
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead ⓐHe finally realized his goal.
to a job. In fact, ⓑI didn’t have a dream at all. ⓑI didin’t realized there was a problem.
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose ⓒShe realized her brother cleaned her room.
engineering. ⓒBeing an engineer looked OK. After college, ⓓI realized I was wroing.
I got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job, ⓔSam realized his dream of buying a new house.
but I didn’t know whether I really enjoyed it.
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland ① ⓐ, ⓑ ② ⓐ, ⓔ ③ ⓑ, ⓓ
one winter. ⓓThere I got a chance to see the Northern ④ ⓐ, ⓒ, ⓔ ⑤ ⓑ, ⓓ, ⓔ
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
297. 위 글에서 일어났던 일들을 시간 순서대로 배열할 때,
years, ⓔI could feel my heart to beat fast.
3번째에 해당하는 것은?297)
ⓐHe learned more about photography to become a good
293. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?293)
photographer.
① I had a dream when I was young. ⓑHe entered a photo contest with the pictures he took
② I loved stars and drawing pictures. during his vacation and won first prize.
③ My major was photography in college. ⓒHe quit his job and decided to take pictures for a
④ I worked at an engineering company after college. living.
⑤ I saw the Northern Lights when I went to England. ⓓHe wantted to become a photographer.
ⓔHe did some part-time work as a photographer.
294. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중, 어법상 어색한 것은?294)
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here’s
I entered a photo contest with the pictures I took in some advice to help you.
Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and this gave me a First, follow (A)_____________ heart. Think about what you
chance ⓐto think about my life. I ⓑrealized that taking like to do and what makes you happy. In my case, it was
pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to become a taking pictures of stars.
good photographer, so I started to learn more about Second, (B)_____________. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
photography. After years of trial and error, I got better, became a photographer through hard work.
and I began to do some part-time work as a Third, (C)_____________. You need courage to make
photographer. decisions that will change your life. I was afraid but I took
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and a chance. (D)저는 여러분이 찾을 수 있기를 바랍니다 a
decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn’t sure if I dream, pursue it, and live it!
could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do
something that made me happy. Now, I’m a professional
298. 위 글의 빈칸 (A), (B), (C)에 들어가기에 알맞은 것끼
photographer, and I’m happy.
리 연결된 것은?298)
(A) (B) (C)
295. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ와 to 부정사 쓰임이 같은 것
① your interest be bold work hard
은?295)
② your heart be bold work hard
① I went to the market to buy milk. ③ your heart work hard be bold
② Can you get me something to eat? ④ the rules work hard be brave
③ I want to meet you again. ⑤ the rules be bold be diligent
④ My hobby is to draw pictures.
⑤ I study hard to get a good grade.
299. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (D)의 우리말을 조건에 맞게 영어로
바꿔 쓰시오.299)
<조건>
1. 5단어로 쓸 것
2. hope를 반드시 포함할 것

정답: ___________________________________________________

- 44 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

300. 다음 대화는 작가와 Eric이 나눈 대화이다. 대화를 읽 303. 다음 중 <보기>가 설명하는 단어로만 이루어진 것
고 아래 <Eric's note>를 완성할 때, 빈칸에 들어갈 은?303) [1과]
수 없는 것은?300) [1과]
<보기>
E: I really liked your book about training dogs. n. the main subject that a person studies in college
W: Thank you. Do you like dogs? a. doing a sport or activity for money, as a job
E: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. v. to mix food together quickly using a fork or a kitchen
W: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor? tool
E: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor. n. an amount that you can measure or count
W: What are you doing to achieve your goal? n. a change to do something
E: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
W: That's good. What else are you doing? ① minor, quantity, recipe
E: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals. ② shake, quantity, courage
W: You're doing great! I hope you become a good animal ③ major, opportunity, quality
doctor someday. ④ professional, beat, quantity
E: Thank you. ⑤ opportunity, courage, major
(E: Eric / W: Writer)
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
<Eric's note>
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
ㆍKinds of animals I like : ____________________
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you (A)어떻게 나의
ㆍMy goal : to be a(n) ____________________
꿈을 찾고 그것을 실현하였는지를. I hope my story can
ㆍTo achieve my goal :
inspire you.
- I'm doing __________ work at the __________ animal
house.
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked ⓐtake
- I'm watching a lot of TV shows about __________.
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all.
① doctors ② veterinarian
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
③ volunteer ④ all kinds of animals
engineering. ⓑBeing an engineer looked OK. After college,
⑤ local
I got a job at an engineering company. However, I didn't
know ⓒif I really enjoyed it.
301. 다음 빈칸에 공통으로 들어갈 단어로 알맞은 것 Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
은?301) [1과] one winter. There I got a chance ⓓto see the Northern
ㆍI want to get a __________ job in the future. Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
ㆍMake sure the ladder is __________ before climbing it. of the ⓔdancing lights in the sky. For the first time in
many years, I could feel my heart (B)beating fast.
① stable ② strict ③ straight
④ satisfied ⑤ sensitive 304. 위 글을 읽고 David Parker에 대한 질문 중 답할 수
없는 것은?304)
302. 다음 글의 괄호 (A), (B), (C) 안에서 어법상 알맞은 것 ① What is his job?
끼리 짝지어진 것은?302) [1과] ② What changed his life?
A: Have you watched the movie, La La Land? If you ③ What was his major in college?
(A)[hadn't / haven't] you should watch it. It's really ④ How often does he go to Iceland?
interesting. ⑤ What did he like when he was young?
B: Well, I have already (B)[saw / seen] it at the cinema.
A: Oh, you did? How was the movie? 305. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)에 해당하는 문장으로 알맞은 것
B: Honestly, I don't know (C)[if / what] you like about the 은?305)
movie. ① how I found my dream and realized it
A: Your taste in movies differs from mine. ② how I found it and realized my dream
③ how found I my dream and realized it
(A) (B) (C) ④ how did I find my dream and realize it
① hadn't saw if ⑤ how did I found it and realized my dream
② hadn't seen what
③ haven't saw if
④ haven't seen what
306. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법상 옳지 않은 것
은?306)
⑤ haven't seen if
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ

- 45 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

I entered a photo contest with the pictures I took in So do you want to find a dream and ⓐrealize it? Here's
Iceland. some advice (A)[help / to help] you.
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do
(A) Surprisingly, I won first prize, and ⓐthis gave me a and what makes you happy. In my case, it was (B)[taking /
chance to think about my life. I realized that taking taken] pictures of stars.
pictures made me happy. Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
became a photographer through hard work.
(B) After years of trial and error, I got better, and I began Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions
to do some part-time work as a photographer. (C)[who / which] will change your life. I was afraid but I
took a chance. I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue
(C) Then one day, I made ⓑa bold decision. I quit my job
it, and live it!
and decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure if I
could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do
something that made me happy. 310. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ와 뜻이 같은 것끼리 짝지어진 것
은?310)
(D) Suddenly, I wanted to become a good photographer, (A) I realized that I was wrong.
so I started to learn more about photography. (B) Sam realized his goal of buying a new car.
(C) I didn't realize that there was a problem.
Now, I'm a professional photographer, and I'm happy. (D) We try to help all students to realize their full
potential.
307. 위 글의 흐름에 맞게 (A)~(D)를 바르게 배열한 것
은?307) ① (A), (B) ② (A), (B), (C) ③ (B), (C)
① (A)-(B)-(D)-(C) ② (A)-(D)-(B)-(C) ④ (B), (D) ⑤ (B), (C), (D)
③ (A)-(D)-(C)-(B) ④ (D)-(A)-(B)-(C)
⑤ (D)-(B)-(A)-(C)
311. 위 글의 (A)~(C)에 들어갈 표현으로 알맞은 것끼리 짝
지어진 것은?311)
308. 위 글의 내용과 다음 질문에 대한 답이 일치하는 것
(A) (B) (C)
은?308)
① help taking which
What makes the speaker happy the most? ② help taken which
① Entering a photo contest makes him happy ③ to help taken who
the most. ④ to help taking who
What happened after he won first prize at the ⑤ to help taking which
contest?
② He didn't get better at photography.
③ He started to believe in his future success.
312. 다음 자연스러운 대화가 되도록 (A)~(E)를 순서대로
가장 바르게 배열한 것은?312) [1과]
Why did he quit his job?
④ He quit his job to realize his dream of being (A)You’re doing great! I hope you become a good animal
a photographer. doctor someday.
(B)Yes, I have.
What kinds of efforts did he make to achieve his
I really want to become an animal doctor.
goal?
(C)Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor?
⑤ He entered photo contests every year to
(D)I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
compete with other photographers.
And I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about
animals.
309. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ와 ⓑ가 뜻하는 것이 알맞은 것끼 (E)What are you doing to achieve your goal?
리 짝지어진 것은?309)
① ⓐ to do some part-time job as a photographer ① (C) - (B) - (E) - (A) - (D)
ⓑ to quit taking pictures
② (C) - (B) - (E) - (D) - (A)
② ⓐ to think about his life
③ (D) - (A) - (E) - (C) - (B)
ⓑ to start to learn about photography
④ (E) - (A) - (B) - (C) - (D)
③ ⓐ to learn more about photography
⑤ (E) - (B) - (C) - (D) - (A)
ⓑ to decide to take pictures as part-time work
④ ⓐ to enter a photo contest
ⓑ to choose photography as his major in college
⑤ ⓐ to win first prize
ⓑ to decide to do what makes him happy for a living

- 46 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

313. 다음 각 문장의 내용상 밑줄 친 단어의 쓰임이 적절 v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

하지 않은 것은?313) [1과] Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a
① We have to work hard to pursue our goals. photographer. Today, I’m going to tell you how I found my
② Air pollution is a major environmental problem. dream and ⓐrealized it. I hope my story can ⓑinspire you.
③ When I’m on the stage, my heart usually beats very When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
fast. pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
④ I’m a photographer. I usually take pictures of nature to a job. (A)_____________, I didn’t have a dream at all.
for a living. When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
⑤ If you’re serious, it means that you have courage to engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
do something. got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
but I didn’t know whether I really enjoyed it.
Everything changed ⓒwhen I went on vacation to Iceland
314. 다음 중 짝지어진 대화가 어색한 것은?314) [1과]
one winter. There I got a chance to see the ⓓNorthern
① A: Have you ever Spanish food before? Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
B: I haven’t. Have you tired it? of the dancing lights in the sky. ⓔFor the first time in
② A: I hope you can travel to another country sometime. many years, I could feel my heart beating fast.
B: Yes, I really want to visit France.
③ A: Have you also seen the movie about the book?
317. 위 글을 읽고 대답을 알 수 없는 질문은?317)
B: Yes, it’s even better than the book.
④ A: You should read this book about the moo. ① What is David Parker’s job?
It’s really interesting. ② Where did David Parker go on vacation?
B: I know. I’ve already read it. ③ What was David Parker’s major in college?
⑤ A: I’ve learned how to play the guitar. ④ What did David Parker like when he was young?
B: It’s fun. I hope you’ll have a chance to learn. ⑤ When did David Parker decide to be a photographer
for a living?

315. 다음 밑줄 친 부분 중 어법상 올바른 것은?315) [1과]

318. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ의 의미로 옳지 않은 것은?318)
① Mike made us to carry the books.
② Tom’s father had he go home early. ① ⓐrealized: 실현했다
③ That coat makes you look home early. ② ⓑinspire: 영감을 주다
④ Our English teacher let I read the word. ③ ⓒwhen: ~ 할 때
⑤ The teacher made their write the report. ④ ⓓNorthern Lights: 북극광, 오로라
⑤ ⓔFor the first time: 마침내

316. 다음 글의 빈칸 (A), (B), (C)에 들어갈 말이 순서대로

짝지어 진 것은?316) [1과]
319. 위 글의 빈칸 (A)에 들어갈 말로 알맞은 것은?319)

So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here’s ① So ② But ③ As

some advice to help you. ④ Therefore ⑤ In fact
First, follow your (A)_____________. Think about what you
like to do and what makes you happy. In my case, it was 320. 다음 중 짝지어진 대화가 어색한 것은?320) [1과]
taking pictures of stars.
① A: Is the order for here or to go?
Second, work hard. Pursuing a (B)_____________ is not easy.
B: For here, please.
I became a photographer through hard work.
② A: Hello. Are you ready to order?
Third, be bold. You need (C)_____________ to make
B: Yes, please. I want a piece of cake.
decisions that will change your life. I was afraid but I took
③ A: The total comes to 12 dollars.
a chance. I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and
B: OK. Here you are.
live it!
④ A: What kind of cake would you like to have?
B: I like making cakes.
(A) (B) (C)
⑤ A: Can I order a cup of coffee?
① heart dream courage
B: Yes, you can. Anything else?
② dream courage life
③ heart life courage
④ life dream time
⑤ dream heart time

- 47 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the A: Welcome to Sandwich Place. What would you like to
pictures I took in Iceland. (A) I won first prize, and this order?
gave me a chance ⓐto think about my life. (B) I realized B: I'd like to have a hamburger, and she'll have a chicken
that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to sandwich.
become a good photographer, so I started to learn more A: Would you like anything else?
about photography. (C) After years of trial and error, I got B: One salad, please.
better, and I began to do some part-time work as a A: OK,______________________________
photographer. (D) I quit my job and decided to take B: No, I'd like to order two bottles of water.
pictures for a living. I wasn’t sure ⓑ_____________ I could
succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do 326. 위 대화의 A, B의 관계로 옳은 것은?326)
something that made me happy. Now, I’m a professional
① mom - son
photographer, and I’m happy. (E)
② waiter - cook
③ waiter - customer
321. 위 글의 흐름으로 보아, 주어진 문장이 들어가기에 가
④ teacher - student
장 적절한 곳은?321)
⑤ director – movie star
Then one day, I made a bold decision.

327. 위 대화의 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 알맞은 것은?327)

① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
① Will that be all?
② Are you ready to order?
322. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐto think와 쓰임이 다른 하나
③ What would you like to eat?
는?322)
④ Would you like anything to drink?
① There are many things to see in London. ⑤ What kind of food do you like?
② I have enough time to finish my project.
③ She has no time to sleep these days.
④ Can you get me something to eat?
328. 다음 중 단어의 영영 풀이가 어색한 것은?328) [1과]

⑤ I hope to meet you soon. ① stable: staying the same, with no big changes
② courage: the ability to do something that frightens one
③ major: the main subject that a person studies in
323. 위 글의 빈칸 ⓑ에 들어갈 말로 알맞은 것은?323)
college
① if ② what ③ when ④ professional: doing a sport or activity for money, as a
④ where ⑤ after job
⑤ bold: to show someone the way, by going in front of
324. 다음이 설명하는 단어로 옳은 것은?324) [1과] him or her

n. the group of people watching or listening to a film or

public meeting. 329. 다음 밑줄 친 단어의 의미가 다른 하나는?329) [1과]

① Jessica realized that she was wrong.

① actors ② viewers ② They don't realize how generous you are.
③ audience ④ tourists ③ I didn't realize that there was a problem.
⑤ students ④ Many people realized the importance of nature.
⑤ Sam realized his dream of buying a new house.
325. 다음 주어진 문장을 영어로 옳게 바꾼 것을 두 개 고
르면?325) [1과] 330. 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 알맞지 않은 것은?330) [1과]
Jane은 학교에 늦지 않으려고 빨리 걷고 있다.
My mom _____________ me wash the dishes last night.

① Jane is walking fast not to be late for school.

① let
② Jane won't be late for shop so she walks too fast.
② had
③ Jane is walking so fast to not be late for school.
③ made
④ Jane won't be late for school and she walks too fast.
④ helped
⑤ Jane is walking fast so that she won't be late for
⑤ wanted
school.

- 48 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 335. 다음 괄호 안의 단어를 어법상 옳게 바꾼 것끼리 짝

Simon from France 지어진 것은?335) [1과]
I have many comfort foods, but I love madeleines the · Save the coupons for a (A)(rain) day.
most. A madeleine is a small cake that looks like a sea · He is not supposed to eat (B)(salt) food.
shell. People in France enjoy madeleines as an afternoon · At weekends I like to (C)(sleep) late.
(A)__________. My grandmother always makes madeleines for
me when I visit her. They taste best when they come right (A) (B) (C)
out of the oven. Then the kitchen is filled with a sweet ① rain salt sleep
smell. I especially like eating her orange madeleines with a ② rain salty sleepy
cup of tea. Every time I see or smell madeleines, I think of ③ rainy salt sleep
my grandmother. ④ rainy salty sleep
⑤ rainy salty sleepy
331. 위 글을 읽고 답할 수 없는 질문은?331)

① What is madeleine? 336. 다음 문장의 밑줄 친 부분과 쓰임이 같은 것은?336) [1

② What does a madeleine look like? 과]
③ Who makes madeleines for Simon? One way to improve English is reading novels.
④ What does Simon's grandmother like to eat?
⑤ What does Simon like to eat madeleines with? ① He made a lot of friends to play with.
② Jane and I have decided not to go there.
332. 위 글의 빈칸 (A)에 들어갈 알맞은 말은?332) ③ The problem is to find out a secret recipe.
④ Tom came home early to watch the game.
① meal ② dessert
⑤ Tell everyone to bring their items to the party.
③ snack ④ medicine
⑤ main dish
v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
A: I really liked your book about training dogs.
333. 다음 글에 이어질 가장 알맞은 내용은?333) [1과]
B: Thank you. Do you like dogs?
Comfort food is food that makes you feel good when you A: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals.
are sad, angry, or stressed out. It can also make you think B: (A)______________________ an animal doctor?
of happy moments from the past. It satisfies not only the A: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor.
stomach but also the heart. Comfort foods differ around B: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
the world. A: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
Let's see what comfort foods our international readers B: That's good. What else are you doing?
enjoy. A: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
B: You're doing great! I hope you become a good animal
① the cause of stress in life doctor someday.
② how to make happy moments A: Thank you.
③ why comfort food is needed
④ various comfort foods around the world
337. 위 대화의 흐름상 빈칸 (A)에 들어갈 알맞은 문장
⑤ the mots satisfying moments for the readers
은?337)
① Did you think of become
334. 다음 문장의 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 알맞은 것은?334) [1
② Did you think of becoming
과]
③ Have you ever thought of become
We always have enough time _____________ again. ④ Have you ever thinked of becoming
(우리에게는 언제나 다시 노력해 볼 충분한 시간이 있다.) ⑤ Have you ever thought of becoming

① try
338. Which one is true according to the conversatio
② trying
n?338)
③ to try
① A wants to be a vet in the future.
④ to trying
② B wrote the book about training cats.
⑤ have to try
③ A is doing volunteer work at local animal hospital.
④ A is watching lots of movies about animals.
⑤ A is trying hard to be an animal trainer.

- 49 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

339. 다음 글의 흐름상 빈칸 (A)~(E)에 들어갈 말로 알맞지 342. 위 글의 ㉠와 어법적 쓰임이 같은 것은?342)

않은 것은?339) [1과]
① I'm happy to be her tonight.
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a ② To walk is good for your health.
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you ⓐ ③ I like to play soccer with my friends.
_____________ I found my dream and realized it. I hope my ④ My dream is to be a fashion designer.
story can ⓑ_____________ you. ⑤ I need somebody to teach me Chinese.
When I was young, I loved stars. I ⓒ_____________ liked
taking pictures. ⓓ_____________, I never thought these things
343. 위 글의 ㉡의 알맞은 의미는?343)
could lead to a job. ⓔ_____________, I didn't have a dream
at all. ① to show
② to explain
① ⓐ how ② ⓑ inspire ③ to achieve
③ ⓒ also ④ ⓓ For example ④ to make real
⑤ ⓔ In fact ⑤ to know or understand

344. 위 글의 빈칸 (A), (B)에 들어갈 말로 가장 알맞은 것

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 은?344)

When I had to decide (A)______________ a major in college, (A) (B)

I chose engineering. ⓐBeing an engineer looked okay. ① at as
After college, I got a job at an engineering company. It ② on at
was a stable job, but ⓑI didn't know if I really enjoyed it. ③ on as
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland ④ to at
one winter. There I got a chance ㉠to see the Northern ⑤ to as
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
years, ⓒI could feel my heart beating fast. So do you want to find a dream and realize it? (A) Here's
After I came back, ⓓI entered a photo contest with the some advice ⓐto helping you.
pictures that I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first First, follow your heart. (B) In my case, it was ⓑtaking
prize, and this gave me a chance to think about my life. I pictures of stars.
㉡realized that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I Second, work hard. (C) ⓒTo pursue a dream is not easy. I
wanted to become a good photographer, so I started to became a photographer through hard work.
learn more about photography. After years of trial and Third, be bold. (D) You need courage to make decisions
error, I got better, and I began to do some part-time work ⓓwhich will change your life. I was afraid but I took a
(B)______________ photographer. chance. (E) I truly hope ⓔthat you can find a dream,
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and pursue it, and live it!
decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure whether
I could succeed, but I decided to try. ⓔI really wanted to
345. 위 글의 (A)~(E) 중 다음 문장이 들어갈 위치로 가장
do something what made me happy. Now, I'm a
자연스러운 곳은?345)
professional photographer, and I'm happy.
Think about what you like to do and what makes you
happy.
340. 위 글의 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법상 옳지 않은 것은?340)

① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ ① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E

341. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?341) 346. 위 글의 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법상 옳지 않은 것은?346)

① He majored in photography. ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
② He really liked working as an engineer.
③ He got very excited when he saw the Northern Lights. 347. 다음 빈칸에 공통으로 들어갈 단어로 알맞은 것
④ He went to Iceland to study the Northern Lights one 은?347) [1과]
winter.
⦁My _______________ is computer science.
⑤ Right after he won first prize in a photo contest, he
⦁Air pollution is a __________________ environmental problem.
became a professional photographer.

① main ② major ③ serious

④ subject ⑤ important

- 50 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

348. 다음 주어진 문장을 간접의문문으로 알맞게 바꾼 것 352. 다음 주어진 단어들을 배열하여 우리말을 영어로 옮
은?348) [1과] 길 때 다섯 번째 올 단어로 알맞은 것은?352) [1과]
① Who is telling the truth? 우리는 세훈이가 정직한지 궁금하다.
→ I'll find out who is telling the truth. We ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________
② When will the guests arrive? ___________ ___________.
→ Tell me when will the guests arrive. (Sehun / are / honest / is / whether / wondering)
③ What did he buy in the store?
→ Don't ask me what he buys in the store. ① Sehun ② honest ③ is
④ Have you ever been to France? ④ whether ⑤ wondering
→ I wonder if have you ever been to France.
⑤ Does he have his passport with him? 353. 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 어법상 바르게 쓰인 것
→ I am not sure whether he have his passport with him. 은?353) [1과]
I'm not sure _________________________________________.
v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
Eric: I really like your book about training dogs. ① if she wake up
Writer: Thank you. Do you like dogs? ② when does the class begin
Eric: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. ③ that he is telling the truth
Writer: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal ④ when it will snow tomorrow
doctor? ⑤ whether he understands the book
Eric: Yes. I have. I really want to become an animal doctor.
Writer: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
Eric: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal house. 354. 다음 대화의 빈칸 (A), (B)에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한
Writer: That's good. What else are you doing? 것은?354) [1과]
Eric: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals. M: I’m going to buy this CD. I love listening to
Writer: You're doing great! I hope you become a good piano music.
animal doctor someday. G: Me, too. (A)__________________________________________.
Eric: Thank you. M: Really? So you can play the piano?
G: Yes. How about you?
349. 위 대화를 읽고 대답할 수 없는 질문은?349) M: Well, (B)______________________________________________.
G: It’s fun. I hope you’ll have a chance to learn.
① Who is Eric talking to?
② What's the writer's book about? ① (A): Do you like playing piano?
③ Where does Eric do his volunteer work? (B): I like to play the piano.
④ What is Eric doing for achieving his dream job? ② (A): Do you know I can play the piano?
⑤ What does the writer advise Eric to become an animal (B): I can play the piano and the guitar.
doctor? ③ (A): I don’t like music.
(B): I’m learning how to play the piano.
350. 위 대화의 내용과 일치하는 것은?350) ④ (A): I’d like to buy this CD.
① 작가는 동물관련 TV쇼를 좋아한다. (B): I don’t wat to learn to play the piano.
② Eric은 동물관련 작가가 되는 것이 꿈이다. ⑤ (A): I also like playing the piano.
③ 작가는 Eric에게 수의사가 되도록 추천하고 있다. (B): I’ve never learned how to play the piano.
④ Eric은 수의사가 되기 위해 의학을 공부하고 있다.
⑤ 작가는 Eric에게 수의사가 되기 위해 무엇을 하고 있는지 355. 다음 글의 밑줄 친 (A)를 바르게 영작한 것은?355) [1
물어보고 있다. 과]
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
351. 다음 대화가 자연스러운 대화가 되도록 (A)~(D)를 바 photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you (A)내가 어떻게
르게 배열한 것은?351) [1과] 내 꿈을 찾았고 그것을 실현했는지를. I hope my story can
(A) Then, how about Bibimbap? Have you tried that? inspire you.
(B) No, I haven't. I want to try Bulgogi someday.
(C) Mike, have you tried Bulgogi before? ① how I found my dream and realized it
(D) Yes, I've eaten it once. It was really delicious. ② how found I my dream and realized it
③ I how realized it and found my dream
① (A) - (B) - (D) - (C) ② (A) - (D) - (C) - (B) ④ I did find my dream and how realize it
③ (C) - (B) - (A) - (D) ④ (C) - (D) - (A) - (B) ⑤ how did I found my dream and realize it
⑤ (C) - (D) - (B) - (A)

- 51 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

(가) 359. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법을 알맞게 설명한 것
Everything changed ⓐwhen I went on vacation to Iceland 은?359)
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern ① ⓐ: 의문사로 사용되었으며 ‘언제’라는 의미이다.
Lights. The lights were (A)[amazed / amazing], and I took ② ⓑ: 조건을 나타내는 접속사이다.
many pictures of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first ③ ⓒ: 목적격 관계대명사이며 생략할 수 있다.
time in many years, I could feel my heart (B)[to beat / ④ ⓓ: begin은 목적어로 to부정사만 취한다.
beating] fast. ⑤ ⓔ: to부정사의 형용사적 용법으로 쓰였다.

(나)
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
360. 다음 글의 흐름상 ⓐ~ⓔ 에 들어갈 말로 어색한 것
은?360) [1과]
decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure ⓑif I
could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do I have some tips for you to achieve your dream.
something ⓒthat made me happy. Now, I'm a professional First, (A)_____________ your heart. Think about what you like
photographer, and I'm happy. to do and what makes you (B)_____________. In my case, it
was taking pictures of stars.
(다) Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
Suddenly, I wanted to become a good photographer, so I became a photographer through (C)_____________ work.
started to learn more about photography. After years of Third, be bold. You need (D)_____________ to make
trial and error, I got better, and I ⓓbegan to do some decisions that will change your life. I was afraid but I took
part time job as a photographer. a chance. I truly hope you can find a dream,
(E)_____________ it, and live it!
(라)
After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the ① ⓐ follow ② ⓑ nervous
pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and ③ ⓒ hard ④ ⓓ courage
this gave me a chance ⓔto think about my life. I realized ⑤ ⓔ pursue
that (C)[take / taking) pictures made me happy.
361. 다음 (A), (B)의 밑줄 친 단어의 의미와 같은 것끼리
356. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?356) 짝지어진 것은?361) [1과]

① 아이슬란드에서 오로라를 보고 사진을 찍었지만 많이 흥 (A) I don’t know if he can come to the party.
분되거나 행복하지는 않았다. (B) He didn’t realize his mistake.
② 아이슬란드에서 돌아온 후 작가는 사진 전시회를 열었다.
③ 사진전시회 참가 후 작가는 사진 찍는 일이 행복하지 않 ① A: I want to know if you can help me.
다는 것을 깨달았다. B: I didn’t realize that you didn’t like it.
④ 여러 해의 시행착오 끝에 작가는 전문사진사로서의 실력 ② A: If you can dream it, you can do it.
을 갖추게 되었다. B: Minsu realize that something was wrong.
⑤ 전문사진사로서 성공을 확신하며 그의 직업을 그만둘 수 ③ A: Mike is wondering if you could help him.
있었다. B: Sam realized his dream of buying a new car.
④ A: We can become healthier if we eat less
sugar.
357. 위 글의 괄호 (A), (B), (C) 안에서 어법상 올바른 것끼
B: He finally realized his goal of becoming a
리 짝지어진 것은?357)
painter.
(A) (B) (C) ⑤ A: Judy wasn’t sure if she was going in the
① amazed to beat take right direction.
② amazed to beat taking B: Her hopes were realized at the 2010 Winter
③ amazing beating taking Olympics.
④ amazing beating take
⑤ amazing to beat taking

358. 위 글의 순서로 알맞은 것은?358)

① (가) - (나) - (다) - (라)

② (가) - (라) - (나) - (다)
③ (가) - (라) - (다) - (나)
④ (라) - (가) - (나) - (다)
⑤ (라) - (가) - (다) - (나)

- 52 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 364. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 쓰임이 같은 것끼리 짝지

So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's 어진 것은?364)
some advice (A)[helps / to help] you. ① ⓐ,ⓑ ② ⓐ,ⓔ ③ ⓑ,ⓒ
First, follow your heart. Think about (B)[what / whether] ④ ⓑ,ⓔ ⑤ ⓒ,ⓓ
you like to do and what makes you happy. In my case, it
was taking pictures of stars.
365. 위 글의 ‘I’에 대한 내용과 일치하는 것은?365)
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream (C)[is / are] not
easy. ① I won first prize as a professional photographer.
I became a photographer through hard work. ② I always knew that photography was my calling.
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that ③ I quite my job to do what made me happy for a
will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance. I living.
truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it! ④ I quite my job because I knew I could succeed as a
photographer.
⑤ I won first prize in the photo contest after years of
362. 위 글의 괄호 (A), (B), (C) 안에 들어갈 말로 가장 적
trial and error.
절한 것은?362)
(A) (B) (C)
① to help what is
366. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)와 쓰임이 같은 것은?366)

② helps whether is ① Minji studies hard to pass the exam.

③ to help what are ② They want to drink two cups of tea.
④ helps whether are ③ I have enough time to finish my project.
⑤ to help whether is ④ We hurried to the station to catch the train.
⑤ My dream is to become a famous fashion designer.
363. 위 글의 내용과 일치하도록 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 옳지
않은 것은?363) v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

If you want to find your dream and realize it, you should B: I really liked your book about training dogs.
_________________________. W: Thank you. Do you like dogs?
B: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals.
① make an effort W: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor?
② not give up easily B: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor.
③ be the best in your job W: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
④ do what you enjoy doing B: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
⑤ try even if you are afraid W: That's good. (가)_______________________________
B: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
After I came back, I entered a photo contest with 367. 위 대화의 빈칸 (가)에 들어갈 가장 적절한 표현
the pictures ⓐthat I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first 은?367)
prize, and this gave me a chance (A)to think about my life. ① What else are you doing?
I realized ⓑthat taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, ② When are you going to watch them?
I wanted to become a good photographer, so I started to ③ Do you have any plans to raise a pet?
learn more about photography. After years of trial and ④ What kind of volunteer work are you doing?
error, I got better, and I began to do some part-time work ⑤ Who are you working with at the animal house?
as a photographer.
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
368. 위 대화의 B에 대한 설명으로 가장 적절한 것은?368)
decided to take pictures for a living because I realized ⓒ
that was my calling. I wasn't sure if I could succeed, but I ① 동물에 관한 책을 썼다.
decided to try. I really wanted to do something ⓓthat ② 모든 종류의 동물을 좋아한다.
made me happy. Now, I'm a professional photographer, ③ 애완동물을 훈련시키는 일을 잘한다.
and I'm happy. I hope ⓔthat you can find a dream and ④ 지역 동물 센터에서 수의사로 봉사하고 있다.
realize it. ⑤ TV에서 동물 관련 프로그램을 진행하고 있다.

- 53 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 372. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ와 같은 의미로 쓰인 것은?372)

Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a ① I realized that I left my umbrella home.
photographer. I also liked taking pictures.
② He didn't even realize that he was wrong.
③ Sam realized his dream of buying a new car.
(A) In fact, I didn't have a dream at all. ④ They didn't realize the danger in front of them.
(B) I also liked taking pictures.
⑤ I suddenly realized that the radio was still turned on.
(C) However, I never thought these things could lead to a
job.
373. 위 글의 제목으로 가장 적절한 것은?373)

When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose ① Taking Pictures of Stars

engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I ② Courage to Make Decisions
got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job, ③ Ways to Take Good Pictures
but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it. Everything ④ How to Solve Your Problems
changed when I went on vacation to Iceland one winter. ⑤ Tips for Achieving Your Dreams
There I got a chance to see the Northern Lights. The lights
were amazing, and I took many pictures of the dancing 374. 위 글의 빈칸 (A)에 공통으로 들어갈 가장 적절한 말
lights in the sky. For the first time in many years, I could 은?374)
feel my heart beating fast. I really wanted to do something
① what ② that ③ how
that made me happy. Now, I’m a professional
④ where ⑤ which
photographer, and I’m happy.

375. 다음 대화의 흐름이 어색한 것은?375) [1과]

369. 위 글의 흐름상 (A)~(C)의 순서로 옳은 것은?369)
① A: Have you ever visited another country?
① (A)-(B)-(C) ② (B)-(A)-(C)
B: Yes, I have been to France.
③ (B)-(C)-(A) ④ (C)-(A)-(B)
② A: Have you ever had Spanish food before?
⑤ (C)-(B)-(A)
B: No, I haven't. Have you tried it?
③ A: Mike, have you tried Bulgogi before?
370. 위 글을 읽고 답할 수 없는 질문은?370) B: Yes, I've eaten it once. It was delicious.
① what his major was in college ④ A: I've been on TV. Have you ever been on TV?
② what he does for a living now B: No, I haven't. My friends were surprised to
③ how long he worked as an engineer see me on TV.
④ why he became a professional photographer ⑤ A: I've run a marathon. Have you ever run a
⑤ where he took the pictures of the Northern Lights marathon?
B: Yes, I have. It felt great to finish the race.

371. 위 글의 요지로 가장 적절한 것은?371)

① work hard to succeed in life

376. 다음 중 짝지어진 두 단어의 관계가 나머지 넷과 다
른 하나는?376) [1과]
② do what you love to do for a living
③ get a stable and high paying job ① easy - hard ② smart - foolish
④ find your role model that inspires you ③ lose - tight ④ light - heavy
⑤ be a good role model for your children ⑤ wrong – right

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 377. 다음 중 밑줄 친 to ask와 쓰임이 같은 것은?377) [1

So do you want to find a dream and ⓐrealize it? Here’s 과]
some advice to help you. I have a lot of questions to ask you.
First, follow your heart. Think about (A)________ you like to
do and (A)________ makes you happy. In my case, it was ① He lived to be ninety-nine years old.
taking pictures of stars. ② I have a lot of homework to finish today.
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I ③ They went to the library to borrow some books.
became a photographer through hard work. ④ My dream is to become a famous fashion designer.
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that ⑤ I want to know who broke the window yesterday.
will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance.
I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it!

- 54 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 381. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ의 if와 쓰임이 같은 것은?381)

When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
① I don't know if he decided to come with me.
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
② You'll achieve your goal if you try hard.
to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all. ③ If you take a rest, you'll feel much better.
When I had to decide on a (A)_______ in college, I chose
④ If you don't mind, will you help me for a minute?
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
⑤ We will go on a picnic if it is fine tomorrow.
got a (B)_______ at an engineering company. It was a stable
job, but I didn’t know whether I really enjoyed it.
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
382. 다음 대화의 흐름이 어색한 부분은?382) [1과]

one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern G: I'm going to buy this CD. ⓐI love listening to
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures piano music.
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many B: Me, too. ⓑI also enjoy playing the piano.
years, I could feel my heart beating fast. G: Really? ⓒSo can you play the piano?
After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the B: Yes. ⓓHow about you?
pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and G: Well, ⓔI've already learned how to play.
this gave me a chance to think about my life. I realized B: It's fun. I hope you will have a chance to learn.
that (가)______________ made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted
to become a good photographer, so I started to learn ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
more about photography. After years of trial and error, I
got better, and I began to do some part-time work as a 383. 다음 대화의 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 알맞은 것은?383) [1
(C)_______. 과]
Then one day, I made a (D)_______ decision. I quit my job
G: I'm going to buy this CD. I love listening to piano
and decided to take pictures for a (E)_______. ⓐI wasn’t
music.
sure if I could succeed, but I decided to try. I really
B: Me, too. I also enjoy playing the piano.
wanted to do something that made me happy. Now, I’m a
G: Really? So you can play the piano.
professional photographer, and I’m happy.
B: Yes. How about you?
G: Well, I've never learned how to play.
378. 위 글의 흐름으로 보아, 빈칸 (A)~(E)에 들어갈 말로 B: It's fun. ______________________________________________
어색한 것은?378)
① (A): major ② (B): job ① You'll be bored.
③ (C): photography ④ (D): bold ② I'm working towards my dream.
⑤ (E): living ③ I quit playing last year.
④ I want to learn how to play.
379. 위 글의 ‘I'에 대한 설명으로 가장 적절한 것은?379) ⑤ I hope you'll have a chance to learn.

① When he was young, he had a dream to be an

engineer. 384. 다음 중 대화가 어색한 것은?384) [1과]
② He majored in photography, and worked for an ① A: Have you ever been to Canada?
engineering company. B: Yes. I saw a beautiful view from the mountains.
③ After he quit his job, he started to do some part-time ② A: What do you do for a living?
work taking pictures. B: I'd like to take pictures.
④ He was excited when he took pictures of the Northern ③ A: What would you like to order?
Lights in Iceland. B: I want a hot dog.
⑤ Right after he won first prize in a photo contest, he ④ A: Do you have a receipt?
became a professional photographer. B: No, I don't. I received the bag as a gift.
⑤ A: I'd like to get a refund for this watch.
380. 위 글의 흐름으로 보아, 빈칸 (가)에 들어갈 말로 가 B: OK. Was there anything wrong with it?
장 적절한 것은?380)
① traveling to Iceland ② winning first prize
③ entering a contest ④ being an engineer
⑤ taking pictures

- 55 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you ⓐhow I found pictures ⓐ[what / which] took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I
my dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you. won first prize, and this gave me a chance to think about
When I was young, I loved stars. I also like ⓑto take my life. (A) I realized that taking pictures made me happy.
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead (B) Suddenly, I wanted to become a good photographer, so
to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all. I started to learn more about photography. (C) After years
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose of trial and error, I got ⓑ[good / better], and I began to
engineering. ⓒTo be an engineer looked OK. After college, do some part-time work as a photographer.
I got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job. (D) I quit my job and decided to take pictures for a
but I didn't know ⓓif I really enjoyed it. living. I wasn't sure ⓒ[If / as] I could succeed, but I
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland decided to try. I really wanted to do something that made
one winter. There I got a chance (A)to see the Northern me happy. (E) Now, I'm a professional photographer, and
Lights. The lights were amazing. and I took many pictures I'm happy.
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
years, I could feel my heart ⓔto beat fast. 389. 위 글의 (A)~(E) 중 주어진 문장이 들어갈 위치로 가
장 알맞은 것은?389)
385. 위 글의 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법상 어색한 것은?385) Then one day, I made a bold decision.
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E

386. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)와 쓰임이 다른 것은?386)

390. 위 글의 괄호 ⓐ, ⓑ, ⓒ 안에서 어법상 알맞은 것끼
① There are many friends to help you.
리 바르게 짝지어진 것은?390)
② There are many things to do to realize my dream.
③ I need somebody to teach me chinese. (A) (B) (C)
④ She has some books to read. ① what good if
⑤ He has a house to live in. ② what better as
③ which better if
④ which good if
387. 다음 중 밑줄 친 표현이 우리말과 어울리지 않는 것
⑤ which better as
은?387) [1과]
① People have to go through trial and error. (시행착오)
391. 다음 글의 목적으로 가장 알맞은 것은?391) [1과]
② I caught a cold. (감기 걸렸다)
③ I didn't have a dream at all. (전혀 ~이 아닌) So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's
④ Every time I'm stressed out. I eat cassava chips. (매일) some advice to help you.
⑤ The teacher corrected the student's mistake on the First, follow your heart.
spot. (즉석에서) Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy.
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that
will change your life.
388. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 주어진 문장이 들어가기에
가장 적절한 곳은?388) [1과]
① 사과 ② 설명 ③ 소개
However, I ever thought these things could lead to a job.
④ 홍보 ⑤ 충고

Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a

photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my
392. 다음 중 어법상 옳은 문장의 개수는?392) [1과]

dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you. (A) - I'm not sure if she is still there.
When I was young, I loved stars. (B) I also liked taking - Emily is asking the man which there is a bus stop
pictures, (C) In fact, I didn't have a dream at all. (D) When nearby.
I had to decide on a major in college, I chose engineering. - Do you have cold something to drink?
(E) Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I got a job - We need some chairs to sit.
at an engineering company. It was a stable job, but I - I have some pictures showing you.
didn't know whether I really enjoyed it. - She needs a babysitter to look after her baby.
- I don't know whether it will snow tomorrow.
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E - Judy isn't sure if she's going in the right direction.

① 2개 ② 3개 ③ 4개
④ 5개 ⑤ 6개

- 56 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

393. 주어진 글 다음에 이어질 글의 순서로 가장 적절한 395. 다음 주어진 우리말과 의미가 같도록 <보기> 안의
것은?393) [1과] 단어들을 바르게 배열했을 때, 가장 마지막에 오는 단
어는?395) [1과]
Everything charged when I went on vacation to Iceland
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern 나는 묵을 만한 좋은 호텔을 찾고 있다.
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many <보기>
years, I could feel my heart beating fast. I’m / hotel / to / at / a /
nice / for / stay / looking
(A) Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job
and decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure if I ① stay ② at ③ to
could succeed, but I decided to try, I really wanted to do ④ hotel ⑤ for
something that made me happy. Now, I'm a professional
photographer, and I'm happy. 396. 다음 주어진 major의 사전적 의미 중 (1)의 뜻에 해당
(B) Suddenly, I wanted to become a good photographer, so 하는 문장만을 <보기>에서 있는대로 고른 것은?396)
I started to learn more about photography. After years of [1과]
trial and error, I got better, and I began to do some (1) adj. very important, serious, main
part-time work as a photographer. (2) n. the main subject that a college student studies
(C) After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and <보기>
this gave me a chance to think about my life. I realized ⓐ My major is Korean history.
that taking pictures made me happy. ⓑ I played a major role in my club.
ⓒ Choosing a major in college can be difficult.
① (A)-(B)-(C) ② (B)-(A)-(C) ⓓ Air pollution is a major environmental problem.
③ (B)-(C)-(A) ④ (C)-(A)-(B) ⓔ Salt is the major cause of many health problems.
⑤ (C)-(B)-(A)
① ⓐ, ⓒ ② ⓑ, ⓓ ③ ⓓ, ⓔ
394. 다음 글의 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것은?394) ④ ⓑ, ⓒ, ⓔ ⑤ ⓑ, ⓓ, ⓔ
[1과]
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's 397. 다음 대화 중 어색한 것은?397) [1과]
some advice to help you.
① A: Have you ever had Spanish food before?
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do
B: No, I haven’t. Have you tried it?
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking
② A: Have you seen the movie about the book?
pictures of stars.
B: No, I haven’t. It’s really interesting.
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
③ A: I’ve never learned how to play the piano.
became a photographer through hard work.
B: It’s fun. I hope you’ll have a chance to learn.
Third, be bold. ________________________________________. I was
④ A: Have you ever visited another country?
afraid but I took a chance. I truly hope you can find a
B: Yes, I’ve been to France.
dream, pursue it, and live it!
⑤ A: I hope you can travel to another country
sometimes.
① You need to get a job that you can really enjoy
B: Yes, I really want to visit Canada.
② You need a chance to find a dream and realize it
③ You need to decide on a major that will lead to a
stable job
398. 다음 글의 목적으로 가장 적절한 것은?398) [1과]

④ You need to be sure whether you really want the job Have you ever been to Busan? It’s famous for beautiful
or not beaches. Last summer vacation, I went to Haeundae Beach.
⑤ You need courage to make decisions that will change The water was so clean, and swimming at the beach was
your life very fun. I want to go there again.

① Sharing a memorable experience

② Asking for useful information
③ Planning a trip for a vacation
④ Posting about a dream job on the blog
⑤ Wondering how beautiful the city was

- 57 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

399. 다음 대화문을 읽고 답할 수 없는 질문은?399) [1과] 401. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중, 어법상 바르게 쓰이지 않

은 것만을 있는 대로 고른 것은?401)
B: I really liked your book about training dogs.
W: Thank you. Do you like dogs? ① ⓐ, ⓑ ② ⓐ, ⓒ ③ ⓓ, ⓔ
B: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. ④ ⓐ, ⓑ, ⓔ ⑤ ⓒ, ⓓ, ⓔ
W: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor?
B: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor. 402. 다음 글에 대한 설명 중 옳지 않은 것은?402) [1과]
W: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here’s
B: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
some advice to help you.
W: That's good. What else are you doing?
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do
B: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking
W: You're doing great! I hope you become a good animal
pictures of stars.
doctor someday.
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
B: Thank you.
became a photographer through hard work.
*B: Boy, W: Woman
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that
will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance. I
① What is the book about?
truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it!
② What animals does he like?
③ What is the name of the TV show?
① If you want to realize a dream, you should work hard.
④ Where does he do the volunteer work?
② Being bold makes you be afraid of changing your life.
⑤ What does he want to be in the future?
③ Following your heart will help you to find your dream.
④ The writer liked taking pictures and became a
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
photographer.
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a ⑤ The writer took a chance and pursued his dream job.
photographer. Today, I’m going to tell you how I found my
dream and ⓐrealize it. I hope my story can inspire you. (A)
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
403. 다음 대화의 흐름상 빈칸에 들어갈 표현을 <보기>의
단어들을 모두 사용하여 완성할 때 세 번째 오는 단
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
어는?403) [1과]
to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all.
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose B: I really liked your book about making a skirt.
engineering. Being an engineer ⓑwas looked OK. After W: Thank you. Do you like it?
college, I got a job at an engineering company. It was a B: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of clothes.
stable job, but I didn’t know ⓒwhether I really enjoyed it. W: __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ a
(B) Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland fashion designer?
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern B: Yes, I have. I really want to become a fashion designer.
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures W: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many B: I’m reading many books about a variety of designers.
years, I could feel my heart beating fast. (C) After I came W: That’s good. What else are you doing?
back, I entered a photo contest with the pictures I took in B: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about clothes.
Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and this gave me a W: You’re doing great! I hope you become a good fashion
chance ⓓto think about my life. I realized that taking designer someday.
pictures made me happy. (D) After years of trial and error, B: Thank you.
I got better, and I began to do some part-time work as a
photographer. Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit <보기>
my job and decided to take pictures for a living. (E) I thought / have / becoming / you / of
wasn’t sure if I could succeed, but I decided to try. I really
wanted to do something ⓔof which made me happy. Now, ① thought
I’m a professional photographer, and I’m happy. ② have
③ becoming
④ you
400. 위 글의 (A)~(E) 중 다음 문장이 들어갈 곳으로 가장
⑤ of
적절한 것은?400)
Suddenly, I wanted to become a good photographer, so I
started to learn more about photography.

① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E

- 58 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

404. 다음 중 바르게 쓰인 문장의 개수는?404) [1과] v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

· When to have meal is important. (A) Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my
· She grew up to be a famous singer.
dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you.
· I need something to eat before the movie.
· Do you have interesting anything to read?
(B) Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job
· His explanation is always easy to understand.
and decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure ⓐif
· Tom was kind to book a concert ticket for me.
I could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do
something that made me happy. Now, I'm a professional
① 2개 ② 3개 ③ 4개 ④ 5개 ⑤ 6개
photographer, and I'm happy.

405. 다음 대화 (A), (B)의 빈칸에 들어갈 단어를 <보기>에 (C) When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
서 고른 것은?405) [1과] pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
(A) to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all. When I had
G: Have you ever had Spanish ___________ before? to decide on a major in college, I chose engineering. Being
B: No, I haven’t. Have you tried it? an engineer looked OK. After college, I got a job at an
G: Yes, I have. I hope you can try it sometimes. It’s really engineering company. It was a stable job, but I didn't
tasty. know whether I really enjoyed it.
B: I will. For now, I’ll just buy this ___________ book.
(D) After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
(B) pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and
G: You should get this book about the ___________. It’s this gave me a chance to think about my life. I realized
really interesting. that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to
B: I know. I’ve already ___________ it. become a good photographer, so I started to learn more
G: You did? How about the movie? Have you also seen about photography. After years of trial and error, I got
the movie? better, and I began to do some part-time work as a
B: No, I haven’t. photographer.
G: Well, it’s even better than the book. It tells many things
about space and stars. I hope you can see the movie (E) Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
soon. one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
<보기> of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
ⓐ recipe ⓑ human ⓒ moon years, I could feel my heart beating fast.
ⓓ read ⓔ allowance ⓕ expert
ⓖ quit ⓗ food 407. 위 글의 (A)에 이어질 내용을 순서대로 바르게 배열한
것은?407)
① ⓐ, ⓒ, ⓓ, ⓗ ② ⓐ, ⓒ, ⓕ, ⓗ ① (B) - (C) - (E) - (D)
③ ⓑ, ⓓ, ⓕ, ⓖ ④ ⓒ, ⓔ, ⓖ, ⓗ ② (B) - (C) - (D) - (E)
⑤ ⓓ, ⓔ, ⓕ, ⓖ ③ (C) - (E) - (D) - (B)
④ (C) - (B) - (E) - (D)
406. 다음 중 밑줄 친 단어의 의미가 잘못된 것은?406) [1 ⑤ (E) - (C) - (D) - (B)
과]
① I realized that I was wrong. (깨닫다) 408. 위 글을 읽고 대답할 수 없는 것은?408)
② She never realized her goal. (실현하다) ① Why did the speaker quit the first job?
③ He finally realized his goal of becoming a painter. (깨 ② What does the speaker do for a living?
닫다) ③ Why did the speaker major in engineering?
④ Choosing a major in college can be difficult. (전공) ④ Who did the speaker go on vacation with?
⑤ Air pollution is a major environmental problem. (주요 ⑤ What contest did the speaker win the first prize at?
한)

409. 위 글의 ⓐ의 용법과 다른 것은?409)

① I want to know if you like me.

② I am not sure if Jenny will come.
③ Mike is wondering if you can help him.
④ Sue isn’t sure if she has her passport with her.
⑤ You will miss the bus if you do not get ready soon.

- 59 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

410. 다음 표에 있는 단어의 뜻과 <보기>의 밑줄 친 단어 v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

의 쓰임이 옳지 않게 묶인 것은?410) [1과] After I came back, I entered a photo contest with those
pictures I took in Iceland. ⓐSurprisingly, I won first prize,
English Dictionary
and this gave me a chance to think about my life. ⓑI
Realize Major
(A) to know or (C) very important, realized that taking pictures made me happy. ⓒThese days,
understand something serious, main more and more people take good pictures with their cell
phones. ⓓSuddenly, I wanted to become a good
(B) to make real (D) the main subject photographer, so I started to learn more about
that a college student photography. ⓔAfter years of trial and error, I got better,
studies and I began to do some part-time work as a
photographer.
<보기> Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
ⓐ I didn’t realize my mistakes. decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure (A)제가
ⓑ Do you know my major in college? 성공할 수 있을지를 but I decided to try. I really wanted to
ⓒ Steve realized that he was wrong on the problem. do something that made me happy. Now, I'm a
ⓓ Sugar is the major problem of many health issues. professional photographer, and I'm happy.
ⓔ My parents had a major dental surgery last month.
413. 위 글의 바로 앞에 나올 내용으로 가장 적절한 것
① (A) - ⓐ ② (B) - ⓒ ③ (C) - ⓓ 은?413)
④ (C) - ⓔ ⑤ (D) - ⓑ ① 직장을 그만둔 이야기
② 전문 사진작가로 성공하게 된 이야기
411. 다음 글의 빈칸에 들어갈 단어로 알맞은 것은?411) [1 ③ 사진 경연대회에서 일등상을 받은 경험
과] ④ 사진을 찍으며 겪었던 수년간의 시행착오
⑤ 아이슬랜드에 가서 사진을 찍었던 이야기
414. 위 글의 전체 흐름과 관계없는 문장은?414)

① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ

415. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)의 우리말과 같은 뜻이 되도록 바

르게 옮긴 것은?415)
① if I could succeed
② how could I succeed
③ what I could succeed
④ so that I could succeed
⑤ whether could I succeed

416. 다음 글의 목적으로 가장 적절한 것은?416) [1과]

① beat ② origin ③ major So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's
④ recipe ⑤ courage some advice to help you.
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do
412. 다음 대화가 자연스럽게 이어지도록 ⓐ~ⓒ를 바르게 and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking
배열한 것은?412) [1과] pictures of stars.
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
A: Have you ever had Spanish food before?
became a photographer through hard work.
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that
ⓐ I will. For now, I'll just buy this Spanish recipe book.
will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance. I
ⓑ No, I haven't. Have you tried it?
ⓒ Yes, I have. I hope you can try it sometime it's really truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it!
good.
① 학업 고민에 대한 조언을 얻으려고
① ⓐ-ⓑ-ⓒ ② ⓐ-ⓒ-ⓑ ③ ⓑ-ⓐ-ⓒ ② 함께 사진을 찍을 친구를 구하려고
③ 사진작가가 되는 방법을 알려주려고
④ ⓑ-ⓒ-ⓐ ⑤ ⓒ-ⓐ-ⓑ
④ 실패의 경험을 이겨낼 수 있는 용기를 주려고
⑤ 꿈을 찾아 이루는 데 도움이 되는 조언을 하려고

- 60 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

417. 다음 빈칸에 들어가기에 어색한 단어를 고르면?417) [1 420. 다음 <보기>의 한글 문장과 같은 뜻이 되도록 단어
과] 들을 배열했을 때, 다섯 개의 빈칸 중 세 번째에 오는
것은?420) [1과]
- It’s not easy to __________ him in a race.
- We have to work hard to __________ our goals. <보기>
- Make sure the ladder is __________ before climing it. 엄마는 나에게 오늘 할머니가 오신다고 말씀하셨다.
- Mike practiced everyday and became a __________ soccer → Mom __________ __________ __________ __________ __________
player. coming to visit us today.
- Many people __________ their jobs and get new jobs for
different reasons. ① me ② was ③ that
④ told ⑤ Grandma
① beat ② quit ③ stable
④ pursue ⑤ similar 421. 다음 <보기>의 한글 문장과 같은 뜻이 되도록 단어
들을 배열했을 때, 다섯 개의 빈칸 중 세 번째에 오는
것은?421) [1과]
418. 다음 대화를 읽고 답할 수 없는 질문은?418) [1과]
<보기>
A: I really liked your book about training dogs.
나는 네가 너의 숙제를 마무리 했는지 궁금하다.
B: Thank you. Do you like dogs?
→ I __________ __________ __________ __________ __________ your
A: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals.
homework.
B: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor?
A: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor.
① you ② have ③ wonder
B: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
④ finished ⑤ whether
A: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
B: That’s good. What else are you doing?
A: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about animals. 422. 다음 문장에서 밑줄 친 부분을 어법에 맞게 바르게
B: You’re doing great! I hope you become a good animal 고쳤을 때, 어색한 것은?422) [1과]
doctor someday. ① See is to believe.
A: Thank you. → To see
A=Eric, B=Writer ② We need some chairs to sit
→ to sit on
① What does Eric want to be? ③ He has a lot of friends to talk
② What is the writer’s book about? → to talking
③ Where is Eric doing volunteer work? ④ I have some pictures showing you
④ Which animal does Eric have at home? → to show
⑤ What is Eric doing to achieve his goal? ⑤ Let’s make delicious something to eat.
→ something delicious to eat
419. 다음 대화의 문장 (A)에 이어질 말 ⓐ~ⓓ를 바르게
배열하여 완성한 것은?419) [1과] 423. 다음 밑줄 친 부분의 to부정사와 용법이 다른 것을
A: You should read this book about the moon. It’s really 모두 고른 것은?423) [1과]
interesting. I don’t have anything to eat.
ⓐ No, I haven’t.
ⓑ I know. I’ve already read it. ⓐ My future dream is to be a pilot.
ⓒ Well, it’s even better than the book. I hope you can see ⓑ Kelly came early to take a good seat.
the movie soon. ⓒ Julian has no time to sleep these days.
ⓓ You did? How about the movie? Have you also seen ⓓ There are many things to see in London.
the movie about the book? ⓔ There is a lot of work to do around the farm.
ⓕ It was hard to prepare for the school festival.
① ⓓ-ⓐ-ⓒ-ⓑ ② ⓓ-ⓑ-ⓐ-ⓒ
③ ⓒ-ⓑ-ⓓ-ⓐ ④ ⓑ-ⓐ-ⓓ-ⓒ ① ⓐ,ⓑ,ⓒ ② ⓐ,ⓑ,ⓕ ③ ⓑ,ⓓ,ⓔ
⑤ ⓑ-ⓓ-ⓐ-ⓒ ④ ⓒ,ⓓ,ⓔ ⑤ ⓑ,ⓔ,ⓕ

- 61 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a After I came back, I ⓐentered a photo contest with the
photographer. Today, I’m going to tell you how I found my pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and
dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you. Ⓐ이것은 나에게 나의 인생에 대해 생각해 볼 기회를 주었다.
I ⓑrealized that taking pictures made me happy. (A)
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked Suddenly, I wanted to become a good photographer, so I
(A)[taken/taking] pictures. ⓐ__________, I never thought these started to learn more about photography.
things could lead to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream (B) After years of ⓒtrial and error, I got better, and I
at all. began to do some part-time work ⓓas a photographer. (C)
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose I quit my job and decided to take pictures ⓔfor a living. I
engineering. (B)[Be/Being] an engineer looked OK. After wasn’t sure if I could succeed, but I decided to try. (D) I
college, I got a job at an engineering company. It was a really wanted to do something that made me happy. Now,
stable job, but I didn’t know if I really enjoyed it. I’m a professional photographer, and I’m happy. (E)
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern 427. 위 글의 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 우리말 의미가 가장 어색한 것
Lights*. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures 은?427)
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
① ⓐ : 사진대회에 참가했다.
years, I could feel my heart (C)[beating/to beat] fast.
② ⓑ : ~를 실현했다
③ ⓒ : 시행착오
424. 위 글의 흐름상 괄호 (A)~(C) 안에 들어갈 단어가 순 ④ ⓓ : 사진작가로서
서대로 바르게 짝지어진 것은?424) ⑤ ⓔ : 생계 수단으로
(A) (B) (C)
① taken Be beating 428. 위 글의 밑줄 친 Ⓐ의 우리말을 영어로 표현할 때, 빈
② taking Be to beat 칸에 들어갈 수 없는 단어는?428)
③ taken Being to beat
This __________ __________ a chance __________ __________
④ taking Being beating
__________ my life.
⑤ taking Being to beat

① to ② me ③ gave
425. 위 글의 흐름상 빈칸 ⓐ에 들어가기에 자연스러운 연 ④ about ⑤ thinking
결어는?425)
① So ② Then ③ Finally 429. 위 글의 흐름상 <보기>의 문장이 들어가기에 가장
④ Shortly ⑤ However 알맞은 곳은?429)
<보기>
426. 위 글의 ‘David Parker’에 관한 내용과 일치하지 않는 Then one day, I made a bold decision.
것을 고르면?426)
① His job is taking photographs. ① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
② His major in college is photography.
③ He wasn’t sure if he liked his first job. 430. 다음 대화의 밑줄 친 표현의 의미를 가장 잘 나타낸
④ When he was young, he didn’t have a dream. 것은?430) [1과]
⑤ One winter, he went to Iceland and saw the Northern
A: My trip to Disney World when I was a kid was
Lights.
the best time I ever had.
B: So you want to re-do your vacation from thirty
years ago?
A: We’re not re-doing anything.
This will be totally different.
B: I’ve never even heard of the original vacation.
A: Doesn’t matter.
The new vacation will stand on its own.

① to be independent
② to make a quick stop
③ to make someone pay
④ to defend your position
⑤ to move up and take charge

- 62 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

431. 주어진 대화 다음으로 이어질 대화를 흐름에 가장 알 434. 위 글의 밑줄 친 Ⓑ’courage’의 영영풀이로 알맞은 것
맞게 배열한 것은?431) [1과] 은?434)
A: I really liked your book about training dogs. ① to stop doing something
B: Thank you. Do you like dogs? ② being afraid of or scared of
A: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. ③ an opportunity to do something
B: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor? ④ the ability to do something that frightens one
⑤ staying the same, with no big changes or problems
(A) hat’s good. What else are you doing?
(B) What are you doing to achieve your goal? 435. 다음 영어 뜻을 가지는 단어는?435) [1과]
(C) I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
the main subject that a college student studies
(D) Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor.
(E) You’re doing great! I hope you become a good animal
① major ② comfort ③ ambition
doctor someday.
④ contest ⑤ appointment
(F) I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house.

① (B)-(D)-(A)-(C)-(F)-(E) 436. 다음 대화의 빈칸에 공통으로 들어갈 말은?436) [1과]

② (C)-(A)-(D)-(E)-(F)-(B) A: Have you ever ___________ to Busan?
③ (C)-(A)-(F)-(E)-(D)-(B) B: No, I’ve never ____________ to Busan.
④ (D)-(A)-(F)-(B)-(E)-(C)
⑤ (D)-(B)-(F)-(A)-(C)-(E) ① be ② being ③ to be
④ to being ⑤ been
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
ⓐSo do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here’s 437. 다음 중 어법에 맞는 문장은? (정답 2개)437) [1과]
some advice (A)help you.
① Ron has a large family to supported.
First, follow your heart. ⓑThink about what you like to do
② Can you remind me call Sam tomorrow?
and what makes you happy. In my case, Ⓐit was taking
③ Steve wonders if or not she likes spaghetti.
pictures of stars.
④ Whether Brian likes her or not is not clear to me.
Second, work hard. ⓒ(B)Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
⑤ Nancy broke the glass not by accident but on
became a photographer (C)through hard work.
purpose.
Third, be bold. ⓓYou need Ⓑcourage to make decisions
(D)that will change your life. I was afraid (E)__________ I
took a chane. ⓔI truly hope you can find a dream, pursue 438. 다음 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 가장 알맞은 것은?438) [1과]
it, and live it! The courtroom was ___________ anticipation.
→ 그 법정 안은 기대감에 가득 차 있었다.
432. 위 글의 ⓐ~ⓔ에서 밑줄 친 Ⓐit이 가리키는 문장을
찾으면?432) ① made for ② filled with
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ ③ caught up ④ made with
⑤ filled on

433. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)~(E)를 <보기>에서 설명한 것 중

옳은 것으로만 묶인 것은?433) 439. 다음 빈칸에 한 번도 쓰이지 않는 단어는?439) [1과]

<보기> · Brian asked me ________ I had lunch today.

(A)의 help의 알맞은 형태는 to help이다. · I work at a design company ________ a living.
(B)의 Pursuing은 현재분사이고 주어 역할을 한다. · I want to be either a singer ________ an actor.
(C)는 ‘열심히 노력해서’라는 의미로 쓰였다. · The book was ________ interesting that I couldn’t put it
(D)는 목적격 관계 대명사이고 생략이 가능하다. down.
(E)의 빈칸에 글의 흐름상 알맞은 단어는 ‘but’이다.
① so ② for ③ too
① (B), (D), (E) ② (B), (C), (E) ④ if ⑤ or
③ (A), (C), (D) ④ (A), (C), (E)
⑤ (A), (B), (D), (E)

- 63 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

440. 다음 중 주어진 단어의 영어 뜻으로 적절하지 않은 v Read and answer the questions. [1과]
것은? (정답 2개)440) [1과] After I came back from Iceland, I (A)__________ a photo
① Justice: fairness in the way people are dealt with contest with the pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I
② stable: it is likely to change or come to an end won first prize, and this give me a chance to think about
suddenly my life. I realized that taking pictures made me happy.
③ pursue: to succeed in finishing something or reaching Suddenly, I wanted to become a good photographer, so I
an aim, especially after a lot of work or effort started to learn more about photography. After years of
④ advice: suggestions about what you think someone trial and error, I got better, and I began to do some
should do part-time work as a photographer.
⑤ courage: the ability to control your fear in a Then (B)__________ day, I made a bold decision. I quit my
dangerous or difficult situation job and decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn’t sure
if I could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to
v Read and answer the questions. [1과] do something that made me happy. Now, I’m a
(C)____________ photographer, and I’m happy.
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a
photographer. Today, I’m going to tell you how I found my
dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you. 443. 위 글의 빈칸 (A)~(C)에 들어가기에 가장 알맞은 것끼
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked ⓐtaking 리 짝지어진 것은?443)
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead (A) (B) (C)
to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all. ① entered one amateur
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose ② took part some professional
engineering. ⓑBeing an engineer looked OK. After college, ③ participated in one amateur
I got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job, ④ took part in some amateur
but I didn’t know whether I really enjoyed it. ⑤ participated in one professional
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern 444. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?444)
Lights. The lights were ⓒamazing, and I took many
① David really wanted to have a stable job.
pictures of the ⓓdancing lights in the sky. For the first
② David won second prize at the photo contest.
time in many years, I could feel my heart ⓔbeating fast.
③ David was sure that he could succeed as a
photographer.
441. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 문법적 쓰임이 같은 것끼
④ David joined the contest with the pictures he took in
리 짝지은 것으로 알맞은 것은?441)
Iceland.
① ⓐ,ⓑ ② ⓑ,ⓒ ③ ⓐ,ⓑ,ⓒ ⑤ David got a full-time job as a photographer right after
④ ⓐ,ⓒ,ⓓ ⑤ ⓑ,ⓓ,ⓔ he graduated from college.

442. 위 글을 읽고 답할 수 없는 것은?442) 445. 다음 글의 어법상 바르지 않은 문장을 모두 고른 것

① Where did David go on vacation? 은?445) [1과]
② When he went on vacation, what did David see? ⓐHere’s some suggestions to help you. First, follow your
③ What kind of subject did David decide to study at heart. ⓑThink about what you like to do and what make
college? you happy. ⓒIn my case, it was taking pictures of stars.
④ What are the two things that David liked when he was Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I became
young? a photographer through hard work. Third, be bold. ⓓYou
⑤ How much did David get paid while working at an need courage to make decisions that will change your life.
engineering company? I was afraid but I took a chance. ⓔI truly hope that you
can find a dream, pursue it, and live it!

① ⓐ,ⓑ ② ⓐ,ⓒ ③ ⓑ,ⓔ

④ ⓒ,ⓓ ⑤ ⓓ,ⓔ

- 64 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

446. 다음 (A)~(E) 중 주어진 문장이 들어갈 곳은?446) [1과] 450. 다음 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?450) [1과]

Have you seen the movie, too? A: I really liked your TV show about training cats.
B: Thanks. Do you like cats?
Yubin: My favorite book is Charlie and the Chocolate A: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals, but I love dogs
Factory. (A) Have you read it, Peter? the most.
Peter: (B) No, I haven't, but I've seen the movie. How B: Have you ever thought about becoming an animal
about you, Yubin? (C) doctor?
Yubin: Yes, I have. But l like the book more. (D) I hope A: Yes, I really want to become an animal doctor.
you can read it sometimes. (E) B: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
Peter: OK, I will. A: I'm reading many books about animals.
B: Great. What else are you doing?
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E A: I am doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
B: That's wonderful! I think you will become a good animal
447. 다음 중 질문이 올바르지 않은 것은?447) [1과] doctor one day.

① Have you visited Iceland?

① B는 동물 의사이다.
② Have you been to Iceland?
② A는 봉사활동을 한다.
③ Have you ever visited Iceland?
③ B는 개를 훈련할 수 있다.
④ Have you been visited Iceland?
④ A는 개보다 고양이를 더 좋아한다.
⑤ Have you ever been to Iceland?
⑤ A는 동물 훈련사가 될 생각이 있다.

448. 다음 중 밑줄 친 단어의 의미가 같은 것끼리 묶인 것 v 다음 글을 읽고, 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

은?448) [1과]
ⓐEverything changed when I go on vacation to Iceland
ⓐ He realized that he was wrong. one winter. ⓑFor the first time in many years, I could feel
ⓑ She realized her child had disappeared. my heart fast beating.
ⓒ If you have a dream, you can realize it. After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
ⓓ I didn't realize how bad the problem was. pictures that I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first
ⓔ He realized his dream of becoming a chef. prize, and this gave me change to think about my life. ⓒ
ⓕ She didn't realize that there was a problem. Suddenly, I wanted to become a good photography. After
years of (A)_______________, I got better, and I began to do
① ⓐ, ⓒ ② ⓐ, ⓔ ③ ⓑ, ⓔ some part-time work as a photographer.
④ ⓒ, ⓕ ⑤ ⓓ, ⓕ Then one day, I made a (B)_______________ decision. I
(C)_______________ my job and decided to take pictures
449. 다음 글은 무엇을 돕기 위한 조언인가?449) [1과] (D)_______________. ⓓI wasn't sure whether I could succeed,
but I decided to try. ⓔI really wanted to do something
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do
made me happy.
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking
pictures of stars.
Second, work hard. Pursing a dream is not easy. I 451. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 자연스러운 문장은?451)
became a photographer through hard work. ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
Third, have courage. You need courage to make decisions
that will change your life.
452. 위 글의 빈 칸 (A)~(D)에 한 번도 사용되지 않은 것
은?452)
① Find a dream and realize it.
② Pursue other people's dream. ① bold ② quilt ③ stable
④ for a living ⑤ trial and error
③ Succeed in changing your dream.
④ Take pictures that make you happy.
⑤ Become a professional photographer. 453. 다음 중 단어의 관계가 다른 것은?453) [1과]

① taste - tasty
② read - ready
③ snow - snowy
④ sleep - sleepy
⑤ health – healthy

- 65 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

454. 다음 문장과 의미가 일치하도록 보기의 단어를 모두 v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

사용하여 쓰시오.454) [1과] Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
너는 무언가 차가운 마실 것을 갖고 있니? photographer. (A) Now, I'm going to tell you how I found
my dream and realized it.
<보기> When I was young, I loved stars. (B) However, I never
you / drink / cold / do / have / anything / to thought these things could lead to a job. In fact, I didn't
have a dream at all.
정답: __________________________________________________? When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
engineering. (C) Being an engineer looked OK. After
college, I got a job at an engineering company. (D) It was
455. 다음 예시와 같이 whether를 사용하여 문장을 완성하
a stable job, but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it.
시오.455) [1과]
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
<예시> one winter. (E) In Iceland, (가)나는 볼 기회를 얻었다 the
Sue: "Is there a pizza shop at the airport?" Northern Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many
→ Sue is wondering whether there is a pizza shop at the pictures of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time
airport. in many years, I could feel my heart beating fast.

Mike: "Do I have my passport with me?"

458. 위 글의 David Parker에 대해 답할 수 없는 것은?458)

→Mike isn't sure ______________________________________ ① What does he do for a living?

_________________________________________________________. ② Where does he live these days?
③ What is he going to talk about now?
④ What was his major in colege?
456. 다음 대화의 (A)~(C)에 들어갈 말이 순서대로 바르게
⑤ Where did he go on a vacation?
짝지어진 것은?456) [1과]
Boy: I liked your book about training dogs.
Woman: Thank you. (A)
459. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것을 2개 고르면?459)
Boy: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. ① David Parker는 어릴 적에 꿈이 없었다.
Woman: (B) ② 엔지니어는 불안정한 직업이다.
Boy: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor. ③ 현재 David Parker의 직업은 엔지니어이다.
Woman: What are you doing to achieve your goal? ④ David Parker는 아이슬란드 사람이다.
Boy: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house. ⑤ David Parker는 하늘의 빛들 사진을 많이 찍었다.
Woman: That’s good. (C)
Boy: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
460. 위 글의 밑줄 친 우리말 (가)를 주어진 단어만을 활용
Woman: You’re doing great! I hope you become a good
해 의미와 어법에 맞도록 문장을 완성하시오.460)
animal doctor someday.
<보기>
Boy: Thank you.
I / see / a chance / get

(A) What else are you doing?

정답: ___________________________________________________
(B) Do you like dogs?
(C) Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor?
461. 위 글의 흐름으로 보아 주어진 문장이 들어가기에 가
① (A) - (B) - (C) ② (B) - (A) - (C) 장 적절한 곳은?461)
③ (B) - (C) - (A) ④ (C) - (A) - (B) I also liked taking pictures.
⑤ (C) - (B) - (A)
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
457. 다음 예시를 참고하여 Nathan이 한 말을 완성할 때,
빈칸 안에 들어갈 수 있는 단어를 쓰시오.457) [1과]
ex) Sue: “Is there a pizza shop here?”
→ Sue is wonering if there’s a pizza shop here.

Nathan: “Can you help me?”

→ Nathan is asking the woman _______ _______ can help
him.

정답: _______________ _______________

- 66 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 465. 다음 빈칸 (A)~(C)에 알맞은 말은?465) [1과]

Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
Suddenly, I wanted to become a good photographer, so I
decided to take pictures for a living. (A)나는 성공할 수 있을
started to learn more about photography. After years of
지 확신할 수 없었다. However, I decided to try. I really (A)____________ and error, I got better, and I began to do
wanted to do something that made me happy. Now, I'm a
some part-time work as a photographer.
professional photographer, and I'm happy.
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
decided to take pictures (B)____________ a living. I wasn't
462. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)를 영어로 옮긴 표현 중 어법상 sure (C)_____________ I could succeed, but I decided to try. I
어색한 것은?462) really wanted to do something that made me happy. Now,
① I wasn’t sure if or not I could succeed. I'm a professional photographer.
② I wasn’t sure if I could succeed or not.
③ I wasn’t sure whether or not I could succeed. (A) (B) (C)
④ I wasn’t sure whether I could succeed or not. ① try in that
⑤ I was not sure whether I could succeed. ② try in whether
③ trial in that
④ trial for whether
463. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것을 2개 고르면?463)
⑤ trial for that
① 어느 날 나는 아주 쉬운 결정을 했다.
② 나는 이전에 다니던 직장을 그만두었다.
466. 다음 글을 읽고 대답할 수 있는 David Parker에 관한
③ 나는 취미로 사진을 찍는다.
질문은?466) [1과]
④ 나는 나를 행복하게 만드는 일을 하고 싶었다.
⑤ 나는 아마추어 사진작가이다. Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my
dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you.
464. 다음 대화를 통해 알 수 있는 것을 <보기>에서 바르
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
게 고른 것은?464) [1과]
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
Tim: I really liked your book about training dogs. to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all.
Ms. Kim: Thank you. Do you like dogs? When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
Tim: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
Ms. Kim: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
doctor? but I didn't know if I really enjoyed it.
Tim: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal doctor.
Ms. Kim: What are you doing to achieve your goal? ① Where does he work as a photographer?
Tim: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house. ② How did he find his dream when he was young?
Ms. Kim: That’s good. What else are you doing? ③ When did he decided to be a professional
Tim: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about animals. photographer?
Ms. Kim: You’re doing great! I hope you become a good ④ Why did he choose engineering as his major in
animal doctor someday. college?
⑤ What did he like doing when he worked for an
<보기> engineering company?
ⓐ Some ways to training dogs
ⓑ What Ms. Kim wrote in her book
ⓒ The true meaning of volunteer work
ⓓ Two things Tim is doing to achieve his goal
ⓔ What Tim usually does as a vet at the local animal
house

① ⓐ, ⓑ ② ⓑ, ⓒ ③ ⓑ, ⓓ
④ ⓒ, ⓓ ⑤ ⓒ, ⓔ

- 67 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

467. 다음 대화의 내용을 바탕으로 할 때, Sue의 의견으로 v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

가장 적절한 것은?467) [1과] Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
Sue: You should read this book about the moon. photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my
It’s really interesting. dream and ⓐrealized it. I hope my story can inspire you.
Minho: I know. I’ve already read it. When I was young, I loved stars. I also ⓑliked taking
Sue: You did? How about the movie? pictures. However, I never thought these things could ⓒ
Have you also seen the movie about the book? lead to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all.
Minho: No, I haven’t. When I had to decide on a ⓓmajor in college, I chose
Sue: Well, it’s even better than the book. engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
I hope you can see the movie soon. got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it.
① 책에 관한 영화는 책에 비해 흥미롭지 않다. Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
② 달 관찰은 과학 개념에 친숙해지도록 도와준다. one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern
③ 사람들은 달 관찰을 통해 예술적 영감을 얻는다. Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
④ 달에 관한 책을 읽기 전 영화를 먼저 보는 것이 필수적 of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
이다. years, I could feel my heart ⓔbeating fast.
⑤ 달에 관한 책보다 그 책에 관한 영화가 더 좋아서 영화
보기를 추천한다. 469. 위 글의 문맥상 ⓐ~ⓔ의 단어와 같은 의미로 쓰인 것
을 모두 골라 묶은 것은?469)
468. 다음 대화의 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것 ⓐ: He realized his goal of becoming a painter.
은?468) [1과] ⓑ: She’s wearing a dress like mine.
Eric: I really liked your book about training dogs. ⓒ: Jinho is leading his friends to his favorite snack shop.
Writer: Thank you. Do you like dogs? ⓓ: Air pollution is a major environmental problem.
Eric: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. ⓔ: My heart beats faster when I am nervous.
Writer: Have you ever thought of becoming an
animal doctor? ① ⓐ,ⓑ ② ⓑ,ⓓ ③ ⓒ,ⓓ
Eric: Yes, I have. ④ ⓐ,ⓒ,ⓔ ⑤ ⓑ,ⓒ,ⓔ
I really want to become an animal doctor.
Writer: What are you doing to achieve your goal? 470. 위 글의 David Parker에 관한 내용으로 적절하지 않
Eric: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal 은 것은?470)
house. ① He is making a speech about how he realized his dream.
Writer: That’s good. What else are you doing? ② He loved stars and liked taking pictures when he was
Eric: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about young.
animals. ③ He majored in engineering in college.
Writer: You’re doing great! ④ He really enjoyed working at an engineering company
_________________________________________________ because it was a stable job.
Eric: Thank you. ⑤ His heart beat fast when he took pictures of the
Northern Lights.
① I really hope you become a writer.
② I think you should change your career.
③ I hope you become an animal doctor someday.
471. 위 글의 내용을 바탕으로 할 때, (A)에 들어갈 청중의
질문으로 가장 적절한 것은?471)
④ It is impossible for you to become an animal doctor.
⑤ I hope I become an animal trainer instead of a writer. [David Parker의 발표 후 질의응답]
Audience: (A)__________________________________________?
David Parker: It refers to the Northern Lights.
It means that the movement of the lights
looked to me as if they were dancing in the sky.
*refer to: 나타내다

① Where did you learn how to dance?

② What’s the meaning of “the dancing lights in the sky”?
③ Can you tell me the meaning of “go on vacation”?
④ When did you go on vacation to Iceland for the first time?
⑤ Why were you dancing while watching the Northern
Lights?

- 68 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

472. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 주어진 문장이 들어갈 곳으 475. 다음 글에 이어질 내용으로 가장 알맞은 것은?475) [1
로 가장 적절한 것은?472) [1과] 과]
I was afraid but I took a chance. Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you.
some advice that can help you. (A)
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do ① 장래 희망
and what makes you happy. (B) In my case, it was taking ② 꿈을 찾고 실현시킨 이야기
pictures of stars. (C) ③ 꿈을 실현시키는 방법
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I ④ 사진 작가가 되는 방법
became a photographer through hard work. (D) ⑤ 사진 찍는 기술에 대하여
Third, be bold. You need courage when you have to make
decisions that will change your life. (E) I truly hope you 476. 다음 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 올바른 것은?476) [1과]
can find a dream, pursue it, and live it!
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's
some advice ⓐhelping you.
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was ⓑtake
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
pictures of stars.
After I came back from Iceland, I entered a photo contest Second, work hard. ⓒTo pursue a dream is not easy. I
with the pictures ⓐthat I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I became a photographer through hard work.
won first prize, and this gave me a chance ⓑto think Third, be bold. You need courage to ⓓmaking decisions
about my life. I realized that ⓒtaking pictures made me that will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance.
happy. Suddenly, I wanted to become a good I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and ⓔliving
photographer, so I started ⓓto learn more about it!
photography. (A)After years of trial and error, I got better,
and I began to do some part-time work as a photographer ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
(B)Then one day, I made a bold decision. (C)I decided to
major in engineering in college. (D)I quit my job and
477. 다음 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?477) [1과]
decided to take pictures for a living. (E)I afraid because I
wasn't sure if I could succeed, but I took a chance. I really When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked to take
wanted ⓔto do something that made me happy. Now, I'm pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
a professional photographer, and I'm happy. to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all.
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
473. 위 글의 ⓐ~ⓔ와 어법상 쓰임이 같은 것을 모두 골라
got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
묶은 것은?473)
but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it.
ⓐthat: I believe that we should help our neighbors.
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
ⓑto think: I have a question to ask you.
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern
ⓒtaking: Who is the boy playing the guitar?
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
ⓓto learn: Do you want to finish your homework today?
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
ⓔto do: She has no time to sleep these days.
years, I could feel my heart beating.
*I=David
① ⓐ,ⓑ ② ⓑ,ⓓ ③ ⓒ,ⓓ
④ ⓐ,ⓒ,ⓓ ⑤ ⓑ,ⓒ,ⓔ
① David는 어렸을 때 꿈이 있었다.
② David는 대학에서 사진을 전공했다.
474. 위 글의 전체 흐름과 관계없는 문장은?474) ③ David는 안정된 직장에서 즐겁게 생활했다.
④ Icaland의 오로라 빛은 경이로웠다.
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
⑤ David는 어렸을 때 달 사진 찍는 것을 좋아했다.

- 69 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

478. 다음 두 문장을 하나의 문장으로 만들 때 빈칸에 알 482. 다음 대화의 내용과 일치하는 것은?482) [1과]
맞은 말을 쓰시오.478) [1과]
Junho: I really liked your book about training dogs.
⦁I wonder. Sumi: Thank you. Do you like dogs?
⦁Did Sally join the after school soccer club? Junho: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals.
→ I wonder _________________________________________. Sumi: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal
doctor?
정답 : _________________________________________________ Junho: Yes, I have.
I really want to become an animal doctor.
479. 다음 주어진 단어를 활용하여 우리말에 맞는 문장을 Sumi: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
쓰시오.479) [1과] Junho: I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal
house.
그는 살 집이 필요하다. (a house, need, to)
Sumi: That’s good. What else are you doing?
→ _____________________________________________.
Junho: I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about
animals.
정답 : _________________________________________________
Sumi: You’re doing great! I hope you become a
good animal doctor someday.
480. 다음 대화가 일어나고 있는 장소로 가장 적절한 것
Junho: Thank you.
은?480) [1과]
B: Where are we now? ① Junho는 개 훈련법에 관한 책을 썼다.
G: We’re in the science fiction section. ② Junho는 여러 동물 중에서 개만 좋아한다.
B: Oh, I see. Is there any book you recommend? ③ Junho의 장래희망은 수의자가 되는 것이다.
I’d like to buy one. ④ Junho는 지금은 지역 동물 보호소에서 자원봉사를 하고
G: Yes. You should read this book about the moon. 있지 않다.
It’s really interesting. ⑤ Junho는 동물에 관한 TV프로그램은 보고 있지 않다.
B: I know. I’ve already read it.
G: You did? How about the movie?
483. 다음 대화의 Nick이 빈칸에 할 말로 가장 적절한 것
Have you also seen the movie about the book?
은?483) [1과]
B: No, I haven’t.
Judy: I’m going to buy this CD.
G: Well, it’s even better than the book.
I love listening to piano music.
I hope you can see the movie soon.
Nick: Me, too. I also enjoy playing the piano.
Judy: Really? So you can play the piano?
① 교실 ② 서점 ③ 병원
Nick: Yes. How about you?
④ 영화관 ⑤ 박물관
Judy: Well. I’ve never learned how to play.
Nick: ____________________________________________
481. 다음 대화 직후 John이 할 일로 가장 적절한 것
Judy: Yeah, that’ll be great.
은?481) [1과]
John: Have you ever visited another country? ① I listened to the piano music.
Eujin: No, I haven’t. Have you? ② Oh, did you enjoy playing the piano?
John: Yes, I’ve been to France. I hope you can travel ③ I went to the piano concert last night.
to another country sometime. ④ It’s fun. I hope you’ll have a chance to learn.
Eujin: Yes, I really want to visit Canada someday. ⑤ I’ve never learned how to play the piano, either.
Look! This book about Canada looks very
interesting. Why don’t we take a look at it?
484. 다음 빈칸에 공통으로 들어갈 단어로 가장 적절한 것
John: That sounds good!
은?484) [1과]
· Mike decided to ________ his goal to be a singer.
① to visit Canada
· People have the right to ________ happiness.
② to travel to France
③ to read a book about France
① peel ② beat ③ pursue
④ to write a book about Canada
④ differ ⑤ inspire
⑤ to take a look at the book about Canada

- 70 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

488. 위 글의 David Parker에 관한 내용과 일치하는 것

485. 다음 중 밑줄 친 부분이 어법상 맞는 문장은?485) [1 은?488)
과] ① 그는 한 때 전문 사진작가였다.
② 그는 어릴 때부터 전문 사진작가를 꿈꿨다.
① They found chairs to sit.
③ 그는 졸업 직후 얻은 직업에서 즐거움을 느꼈다.
② I went to bed early to get enough sleep.
④ 그는 아이슬란드에서 북극광을 볼 기회를 얻었다.
③ I wonder if has he finished his homework.
⑤ 그는 북극광을 보고도 심장이 뛰거나 하지는 않았다.
④ Do you have interesting anything to read?
⑤ I’m not sure whether how I can study abroad.
489. 위 글의 괄호 (A), (B), (C) 안에서 어법상 옳은 것
은?489)
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
(A) (B) (C)
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's
① how I found what to beat
some advice to help you.
② how I found whether beating
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do ③ how I find what to beat
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking ④ how I find what beating
pictures of stars. ⑤ how I find whether beating
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
became a photographer through hard work.
490. 위 글을 읽은 한 학생이 작성한 질문 목록이다. 위 글
Third, be bold. You need (A)____________ to make decisions
의 David Parker에게 <목록>의 질문 중 하나를 선택
that will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance.
하여 이메일로 물어본다고 가정할 때, <조건>에 따라
I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it! 문장을 영작하시오.490)
<목록>
486. 위 글의 저자가 글을 쓴 목적으로 가장 적절한 것 · Did you see the Northern Lights by chance?
은?486) · Did you have any problem with studying engineering?
① to advertise · Did your dream start after you saw the Northern Lights?
② to congratulate
③ to make an apology <조건>
④ to give some advice · <목록>에서 질문 하나를 선택하시오.
⑤ to express one’s gratitude · 선택한 질문을 주어 “I”로 시작하는 문장으로 변형하시오.
· if 또는 whether을 포함하시오.
487. 위 글의 빈칸 (A)에 들어갈 단어로 가장 적절한 것
은?487) → ______________________________________________________

① major ② flour ③ despair

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
④ comfort ⑤ courage
After I came back, I ⓐentered a photo contest with the
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and
this gave me a chance to think about my life. I ⓑrealized
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
that taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you (A)[how I found
become a good photographer, so I started to learn ⓒless
/ how I find] my dream and realized it. I hope my story
about photography. After years of ⓓtrial and error, I got
can inspire you.
better, and I began to do some part-time work as a
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
photographer.
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
Then one day, I made (A)a bold decision. I quit my job
to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all.
and decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure if I
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
something that made me happy. Now, I'm a ⓔprofessional
got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
photographer, and I'm happy.
but I didn't know (B)[whether / what] I really enjoyed it.
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern 491. 위 글의 밑줄 친 부분 중 문맥상 낱말의 쓰임이 적절
하지 않은 것은?491)
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
years, I could feel my heart (C)[to beat / beating] fast.
*Northern Lights: 북극광 492. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)가 무엇을 의미하는지를 글쓴이의
두 가지 계획을 모두 포함하여 우리말로 설명하시
오.492)
→ _____________________________________________________

- 71 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

493. 다음 글의 David에 대한 내용과 일치하는 것은?493) v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

[1과] After I came back from the vacation, I entered a photo
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a contest with the pictures I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I
photographer. I hope my story can help you. won first prize, and this gave me a chance to think about
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking my life. I realized that taking pictures made me happy.
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead Suddenly, I wanted to become a good photographer, so I
to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all. started to learn more about photography. After years of
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose trial and error, I got better, and I began to do some
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I part-time work as a photographer.
got a job at an engineering company in Ireland. It was a Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
stable job, but I didn't know if I really enjoyed it. decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn't sure if I
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland could succeed, but I decided to try. I wanted to do
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern something that made me happy. So I tried really hard to
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures be a photographer, and I finally (A)realized my dream of
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many becoming a photographer.
years, I could feel my heart beating fast.
495. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?495)
① He majored in photography in college.
① His photo skills got better without any difficulty.
② He got a job at a company in Iceland.
② He entered the photo contest with the photos he took
③ He liked studying engineering when he was young.
in Ireland.
④ He was not sure whether he really liked his job at a
③ He didn't win any prize in the photo contest but he
engineering company.
was happy.
⑤ He took many pictures of Nothern Lights before he
④ After quitting his job, he did some part-time work as
went on vacation to Iceland.
a photographer.
⑤ He was not sure about his success as a photographer
494. 다음 글의 괄호 (A), (B), (C) 안에 들어갈 말로 가장 when he quit his job.
적절한 것은?494) [1과]
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's 496. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)realize와 같은 의미로 쓰인 것
some (A)[advise / advice] to help you. 은?496)
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do
① He said that Jane realized her mistake.
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking
② She didn't realize what Jack's hobby was.
pictures of stars.
③ Shane did not realize what was going on.
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
④ He had a plan to go abroad and realized it.
became a photographer (B)[although / through] hard work.
⑤ She didn't realize that Tom didn't like her.
Third, (C)[be / do] bold. You need courage to make
decisions that will change your life. I was afraid but I took
a chance. I truly hope you can find a dream and live it! 497. 다음 <보기>에서 어법상 옳은 것을 고른 것은?497) [1
과]
(A) (B) (C) <보기>
① advise through be ⓐWhether he leaves is not important to me.
② advise although do ⓑThey have a choice of if or not to make a claim.
③ advice through be ⓒCan you tell me if the products are good or bad?
④ advice through do ⓓIt doesn't matter if to believe Michael's brother or not.
⑤ advice although be ⓔIf you like it or not, you have to look after the dog.
ⓕI'm not sure whether or not to go camping tonight.

① ⓐ,ⓒ,ⓓ ② ⓐ,ⓒ,ⓕ ③ ⓑ,ⓒ,ⓔ

④ ⓑ,ⓓ,ⓔ ⑤ ⓓ,ⓔ,ⓕ

- 72 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

498. 다음 빈칸의 (A)~(C)에 들어갈 전치사를 알맞게 짝지 501. 다음 주어진 우리말과 같은 뜻이 되도록 <보기>의
은 것은?498) [1과] 단어를 한 번씩 모두 사용하여 영작할 때 밑줄 친 부
분에서의 순서가 여섯 번째인 단어는?501) [1과]
ㆍIt is a boring place to live (A)__________.
ㆍThey gave him a chance to escape (B)__________. 나는 그들이 우리가 이곳에 주차하는 것을 허락할지 안할지
ㆍThere is no knife to cut the cake (C)__________. 확신할 수 없다.

(A) (B) (C) <보기>

① in from with not / if / park / us / they /
② in 필요하지 않음 with allow / here / or / will / to
③ in from 필요하지 않음
④ on 필요하지 않음 필요하지 않음 ① to ② allow ③ park
⑤ on from 필요하지 않음 ④ us ⑤ will

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

499. 다음 대화가 자연스럽도록 알맞게 배열한 것은?499) [1
과] Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a
W: Have you ever had Spanish food before? photographer.
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked ⓐto take
ⓐ I will. For now, I’ll just buy this Spanish recipe book.
pictures. However, I never thought these things could lead
ⓑ Yes, I have.
ⓒ No, I haven’t. Have you tired it? to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all.
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
ⓓ It was really good. I hope you can try it sometimes.
engineering. ⓑTo be an engineer looked OK. After college,
ⓔ Have you? How was it?
B: Okay. Let’s pay for it. I got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
but I didn’t know whether I really enjoyed it.
Everything changed when I went on a vacation to Iceland
① ⓑ-ⓒ-ⓓ-ⓐ-ⓔ
② ⓑ-ⓓ-ⓐ-ⓔ-ⓒ one winter. There I got a chance ⓒto see the Northern
Lights. The lights were ⓓamazed, and I took many pictures
③ ⓒ-ⓑ-ⓔ-ⓓ-ⓐ
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
④ ⓒ-ⓓ-ⓑ-ⓐ-ⓔ
⑤ ⓓ-ⓒ-ⓔ-ⓑ-ⓐ years, I could feel my heart ⓔbeat fast.

500. 다음 글의 괄호 (A), (B), (C) 안에서 문맥상 알맞은 어

502. 위 글의 내용으로 알 수 있는 것은?502)

휘로 짝지어진 것은?500) [1과] ① David Parker was interested in stars when he was
I was truly (A)[discouraged / inspired] by David Parker’s young.
story. It gave me the (B)[opportunity / major] to think ② David Parker majored in photography in college.
about my dream. I made a decision to pursue my dream ③ David Parker worked hard to realize his dream since
for the future. As his (C)[gift / advice], I’m going to follow childhood.
my heart, work hard, and be bold. I hope I can realize my ④ David Parker thought what he liked could lead to a
dream in the future. job.
⑤ David Parker was satisfied with his job as an engineer
(A) (B) (C) and enjoyed working.
① discouraged major gift
② inspired major advice 503. 위 글의 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법상 옳지 않은 것은?503)
③ discouraged opportunity gift
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
④ inspired opportunity advice
⑤ inspired opportunity gift

- 73 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 507. 위 글을 읽고 글쓴이의 조언을 바르게 이해하고 결심

After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the 한 사람은?507)
pictures I took in Iceland. ⓐUnfortunately, I won first prize, ① 철수: 삶의 큰 변화보다 소소한 행복을 추구할 거야.
and this gave me a chance (A)to think about my life. I ② 지혜: 한번 정한 결정은 바꾸지 않고 밀고 나가는 거야.
realized taking pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I ③ 수아: 내가 좋아하는 것보다 잘하는 것을 직업으로 삼을
wanted to become a good photographer, so I started to 거야.
learn more about photography. After years of ⓑtrial and ④ 혜린: 기회가 오면 변화를 두려워하지 말고 과감한 결정
error, I got better, and I began doing some part-time work 을 내릴 거야.
as a photographer. ⑤ 민준: 내 주변 사람들을 행복하게 만들 수 있는 직업을
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and 찾을 거야.
decided to take pictures ⓒfor a living. I wasn’t sure if I
could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do
508. 다음 중 어법상 옳은 문장으로 짝지어진 것은?508) [1
something that made me happy.
과]
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here’s
some advice to help you. ⓐ Whether he likes it or not isn’t important to me.
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do ⓑ The doctor said that I should go for a jog every day
and what makes you happy. ⓓIn my case, it was taking for my health.
pictures of stars. Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is ⓒ I’m going to tell you how I found dream and realize it.
not easy. I became a photographer through hard work. ⓓ I’m looking for a nice hotel to stay.
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that ⓔ Can you tell me where there is a subway station near
will change your life. I was ⓔconfident but I took a here?
change. ⓕ My friends wonder if I’ll join the club.
I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it! ⓖ I want to meet special someone to fall in love with.
ⓗ I heard that she was from France.
ⓘ She has no children to take care of.
504. 위 글의 내용을 바탕으로 다음 질문에 대한 답으로
가장 적절한 것은?504)
① ⓐ, ⓑ, ⓓ, ⓖ, ⓗ
Q: What was David Parker’s bold decision? ② ⓐ, ⓑ, ⓕ, ⓗ, ⓘ
A: He __________________________________________. ③ ⓐ, ⓒ, ⓔ, ⓕ, ⓗ
④ ⓑ, ⓒ, ⓓ, ⓖ, ⓘ
① realized what made him happy ⑤ ⓒ, ⓓ, ⓔ, ⓕ, ⓘ
② started to learn more about photography
③ did some part-time work as a photographer
509. 다음 그림 속 상황을 묘사한 문장들 중 어법과 의미
④ entered a photo contest with the pictures that he took
상 옳지 않은 것으로 짝지어진 것은?509) [1과]
in Iceland
⑤ quit his job and decided to be a professional
photographer

505. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)와 쓰임이 같은 것은?505)

① His new song is fun and easy to sing.

② There are many things to do to realize my dream.
③ Julie’s dream is to become a fashion designer.
④ Many tourists come to France to see the Eiffel Tower.
⑤ I got an opportunity to work at the company I had
wished for.

ⓐ Mike isn’t sure whether he has his passport with him.

506. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 단어의 사용이 어색한 것 ⓑ Judy isn’t sure if she’s going in the right direction.
을 2개 고르면?506) ⓒ Harry is asking the woman whether she can help me.
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ ⓓ Sue is sure if there is a pizza shop at the airport.

① ⓐ, ⓑ ② ⓑ, ⓒ ③ ⓒ, ⓓ
④ ⓐ, ⓓ ⑤ ⓑ, ⓓ

- 74 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

510. 다음 대화의 빈칸 (A)에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것

은?510) [1과]
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
Yubin: My favorite book is Charlie and the Chocolate
Factory. Have you read it, Peter? Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
Peter: No, I haven't, but I've seen the movie. How about photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my
you, Yubin? Have you seen the movie, too? dream and realized it. I hope my story can ⓐinspire you.
Yubin: Yes, I have. But I like the book more. When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
(A)_____________________________________________. pictures. However, I never thought these things could ⓑ
Peter: OK, I will. lead to a job. (A)__________ fact, I didn't have a dream at
all. When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
① I hope to watch it again engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. Then one day, I
② I hope you feel better soon went on a vacation to Iceland and took pictures of
③ I hope you can see the movie Northern Lights. After I came back from Iceland, I entered
④ I hope you can visit these someday a photo contest with the pictures I took there. ⓒ
⑤ I hope you'll have a chance to read it someone Unfortunately, I won first prize, and this gave me a chance
to think about my life. I realized that taking pictures made
me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to become a good
511. 다음 대화의 내용과 일치하는 것은?511) [1과]
photographer, so I began to learn more about
Tony: I really liked your book about training dogs. photography. After years of trial and error, I got better,
Sarah: Thank you. Do you like dogs? and I began to do some part-time work (B)__________ a
Tony: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. photographer. I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
Sarah: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal decided to take pictures (C)__________ a living. I wasn't sure
doctor? if I could ⓓsucceed, but I decided to try. I really wanted
Tony: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal to do something that made me happy. Now, I'm a ⓔ
doctor. full-time photographer, and I'm happy.
Sarah: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
Tony: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
513. 위 글의 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 문맥상 낱말의 쓰임이 적절하지 않
Sarah: That's good. What else are you doing?
은 것은?513)
Tony: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
Sarah: You're doing great! ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
Tony: Thank you.
514. 위 글의 (A)~(C)에 들어갈 전치사로 가장 적절한 것
① Tony has read Sarah's book about how to be a vet. 은?514)
② Sarah is asking. Tony what he is doing to achieve his (A) (B) (C)
goal. ① In as for
③ Tony hopes to do volunteer work at an animal house ② In at for
someday. ③ In as about
④ Sarah is advising Tony to watch a lot of TV shows ④ For at in
about animals. ⑤ For as in
⑤ Tony isn't sure what he is going to do to become an
animal doctor.

512. 다음 대화의 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것

은?512) [1과]
A: Have you ever had French food before?
B: No, I haven't. Have you tried it?
A: Yes, I have. I hope you can try it sometime. It's really
good.
B: I will. For now, _____________________________________

① I've tried French food.

② I love French food the most.
③ I'm sure that you will like it.
④ I'll just buy this French recipe book.
⑤ I hope you will try French food someday.

- 75 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 519. 다음 대화의 내용과 일치하는 것은?519) [1과]

Do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's some A: You should read this book about the moon, Kevin. It's
advice ⓐto help you. First, follow your heart. ⓑ여러분이 무
really interesting. It's my favorite book.
엇을 하고 싶고 무엇이 여러분을 행복하게 하는지 생각해 보
B: I know, Sumi. I've already read it.
세요. In my case, it was taking pictures of stars. Second, A: You did? How about the movie? Have you also seen the
work hard. Trying to reach a dream is not easy. I became
movie about the book?
a photographer through hard work. Third, be (A)__________.
B: No, I haven't.
You need boldness to make decisions that will change your A: Well, it's even better than the book. I hope you can see
life. I was afraid but I took a chance. I truly hope you can
the movie soon.
find a dream, (B)__________ it, and live it!
① Sumi has not seen the movie yet.
515. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ의 to부정사와 그 용법이 같은 것 ② Sumi has read the book about the moon.
은?515) ③ Kevin has seen the movie about the book.
① He looked excited to see me. ④ Kevin has never heard about the book about the
② Where do you want to hang out tonight? moon.
③ What I want to tell you is to have a dream. ⑤ Kevin thinks that the book is more interacting than
④ Haven't you found anyone suitable to replace her yet? the movie.
⑤ To exercise for 30 minutes a day can improve your
sleep quality. v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
516. 위 글의 ⓑ의 우리말을 영어로 옳게 옮긴 것은?516) photographer. Today, I have ⓐa few things to talk. Now
I'm going to tell you ⓑhow did I find my dream and
① Think about what you like to do and what make you
realize it. I hope my story can inspire you.
happy.
② Think about what you like to do and what makes you
When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
happy.
pictures. However, I never thought ⓒthis things could lead
③ Think about what you like to do and what you make
to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all.
happy.
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
④ Think about what likes you to do and what makes
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
you happy.
got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
⑤ Think about what likes you to do and what you
but I didn't know ⓓif I really enjoyed it.
makes happy.
However, everything changed when I went on vacation to
Iceland one winter. There I saw the Northern Lights. The
517. 위 글의 문맥상 (A), (B)에 들어갈 낱말로 가장 적절한 lights were amazing, and I took many pictures of the
것은?517) dancing lights in the sky. ⓔI felt my heart to beat fast for
(A) (B) the first time in many years.
① safe save
② afraid quit 520. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법상 옳은 것은?520)
③ brave stop
① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
④ confident forget
⑤ courageous pursue
521. 위 글을 통해 알 수 있는 것은?521)

518. 다음 글의 흐름으로 보아 주어진 문장이 들어가기에 ① The vacation to Iceland one winter changed David
가장 적절한 곳은?518) [1과] Parker's life.
There I got a chance to see the Northern Lights. ② David Parker liked taking pictures of the Northern
lights when he was young.
After college, I got a job at an engineering company. (A) ③ David Parker became a photographer as soon as he
It was a stable job, but I didn't know whether I really graduated from college.
enjoyed it. (B) Everything changed when I went on vacation ④ David Parker majored in engineering although an
to Iceland one winter. (C) The lights were amazing, and I engineer was not a stable job.
took many pictures of the dancing lights in the sky. (D) ⑤ David Parker wanted to choose a job that he really
For the first time in many years, I could feel my heart liked to do when he was young.
beating fast. (E)

① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E

- 76 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the 524. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)에 대한 풀이로 적절한 것은?524)
pictures (A)_____________ I took in Iceland. Surprisingly, I won
① to teach an animal to do something
first prize, and this gave me a chance (B)_____________ about
② a long line of moving people, animals, or vehicle
my life. I realized that I felt happy when I took pictures.
③ to aim something such as a gun or camera at or
For this reason, I wanted to become a good photography
something
(C)_____________ realize my dream. After years of trial and
④ to grow a plant in: a particular direction by bending,
error, I got better, an I began to do some part-time work
cutting, or tying it
as a photographer.
⑤ a set of several carriages that are connected to each
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
other and pulled along a railway line by an engine
decided (D)_____________ pictures for a living. I wasn't sure
of my success, but I tried. I really wanted to do something
that made me (E)_____________. Now, I'm a professional 525. 위 글을 다음과 같이 요약할 때, 빈칸 (A)와 (B)에 들
photographer, and I'm happy. 어갈 말로 적절한 것은?525)
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's Tom wants to be a (A)_____________. He is doing two
some advice for you. things for his dream. Once is to do volunteer work at the
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do. local animal house. The other is to watch many shows
In my case, it was taking pictures of stars. (B)_____________.
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
became a photographer through hard work. (A) (B)
Third, be bold. You nee courage to make decisions that ① vet on the Internet
will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance. I ② writer on film
truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it! ③ zoo keeper on TV
④ vet on TV
522. 위 글의 빈칸 (A)~(E)에 들어갈 말로 적절한 것은?522) ⑤ zoo keeper on the Internet
① (A) what ② (B) thinking ③ (C) so as to
④ (D) taking ⑤ (E) happily 526. 다음 영어 사전의 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 바르게 짝지어
진 것은?526) [1과]
523. 위 글을 읽고 대답할 수 없는 질문은?523) <영어 사전>
① What was the result of the photo contest David-Parker (A)___________: n. the main subject that a person
entered? studies in college
② Why did David Parker want to become a good e.g) My (A)_______ in college was Korean history.
photographer after the photo contest?
③ Where did David Parker begin his part-time work as a (B)___________: v. stop doing something
photographer? e.g) I (B)_______ my job to travel around the world.
④ What was David Parker's bold decision?
⑤ What do you need in order that you can make (A) (B)
decisions that will change your life? ① major quit
② stable beat
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] ③ expert quit
Tom: I really liked your book about (A)training dogs. ④ lead quit
Sumi: Thank you. Do you like dogs? ⑤ major decide
Tom: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals.
Sumi: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal
doctor?
Tom: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal
doctor.
Sumi: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
Tom: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
Sumi: That's good. What else are you doing?
Tom: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
Sumi: You're doing great! Also, it will be helpful to search
for various information about animals on the Internet.
Tom: Okay, I will.
Sumi: I hope you become a good animal doctor someday.
Tom: Thank you.

- 77 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 대화를 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

※ Ben은 작가 Wendy의 책을 구입해 읽은 독자이다. Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you how I found my
Ben: I really liked your book about training dogs. dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you.
Wendy: Thank you. Do you like dogs? When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
Ben: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals. pictures. However, I never thought ⓐthese things could
Wendy: _____________________________________________ lead to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all.
Ben: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
doctor. engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
Wendy: What are you doing to achieve your goal? got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
Ben: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it.
center.
Wendy: That's good. I hope you become a good 530. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?530)
animal doctor.
① David Parker의 직업은 엔지니어다.
Ben: Thanks.
② David Parker는 자신의 꿈을 아직 찾지 못했다.
③ David Parker는 어렸을 때 조립하기를 좋아했다.
527. 위 대화의 빈칸에 들어갈 말로 알맞은 것은?527)
④ David Parker는 대학을 다니며 공학을 전공했다.
① Do you like a pet? ⑤ David Parker는 안정되지 않은 회사에서 일했다.
② Have you seen the doctor?
③ When do you have time to help sick animals? 531. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ가 의미하는 것은?531)
④ Haven't you been taking care of wild animals?
① 어릴 적 장래희망
⑤ Have you ever thought of becoming an animal doctor?
② 꿈을 바꾸게 된 계기
③ 대학교에서의 공학을 전공하게 된 것
528. 위 대화의 내용과 일치하지 않는 것은?528)
④ 별들을 사랑하고 사진 찍기를 좋아했던 것
① Ben은 모든 종류의 동물을 좋아한다. ⑤ 대학을 졸업하고 공학에 관련된 직업을 얻은 것
② Ben은 개 훈련에 관한 Wendy의 책을 좋아한다.
③ Ben은 동물 의사가 되는 것을 목표로 하고 있다. v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
④ Ben은 동물에 관한 드라마를 매일 시청하고 있다. I started to learn more about photography. After years of
⑤ Ben은 목표를 이루기 위해 지역 동물 센터에서 자원봉사 trial and error, I got better, and I began to do some
를 하고 있다. part-time work as a photographer.
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
529. 다음 그림의 Jim이 할 수 있는 말로 알맞은 것은?529) decided to take pictures for a living. (A)나는 내가 성공할 수
[1과] 있을지 없을지 확실치 않았다, but I decided to try. I really
wanted to do something that made me happy.
Now, I'm a professional photographer, and I'm happy. So
do you want to find a ream and realize it? Here's some
advice to help you.

532. 위 글에 이어질 글의 내용으로 알맞은 것은?532)

① Advice on how to make a good decision

② Advice on what to do after you get a job
③ Advice on how to find a ream and realize it
① I need something to drink. ④ Advice on where to take a picture professionally
② I something need to drink. ⑤ Advice on where to work as a photographer
③ I to drink something need.
④ I drink something to need.
533. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)에 들어갈 말로 알맞은 것은?533)
⑤ I drink need to something.
① I knew whether I could succeed
② I wasn't sure if I could succeed
③ I wondered where I could succeed
④ I wasn't sure which I could succeed
⑤ I wanted to know why I could succeed

- 78 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland 538. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중에서 어법상 어색한 것
one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern 은?538)
Lights. The lights were amazing, and I took many pictures ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
years, I could feel my heart beating fast.
539. 다음은 마시멜로우 챌린지 참가에 관한 리플렛과 그
After I came back from Iceland, I entered a photo contest
에 대한 두 학생의 대화이다. ⓐ~ⓔ 중 리플렛의 내
with the pictures I took in Iceland. It was my first time in
용과 일치하지 않는 것은?539) [1과]
my life. (A)놀랍게도, I won first prize, and (B)이것은 내 인생
Try the Marshmallow Challenge!
에 대해 생각해 볼 기회를 주었다. I realized that taking
You need:
pictures made me feel happy. Suddenly I wanted to
⦁20 sticks of spaghetti ⦁1 marshmallow
become a good photographer.
⦁1 meter of tape ⦁1 meter of string
When?
534. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?534)
⦁May 3rd Mon.
① 화자는 겨울에 아일랜드로 여행을 떠났다. ⦁It starts at 13:00 during lunch time
② 화자는 여행에서 북극광을 볼 기회가 있었다. Where?
③ 화자는 여행 도중에 사진 컨테스트에 참가했다. ⦁English Library at Karam Middle School
④ 화자는 사진 촬영에서 행복을 느끼지는 못했다. Rules:
⑤ 화자는 사진 컨테스트에서 좋은 결과를 얻지 못했다. ⦁Each team should have five people.
⦁You have to build the tallest tower in your class.
535. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (A)에 들어갈 말로 가장 알맞은 것 ⦁The marshmallow must be on top.
은?535) ⦁The tower must stand by itself.
⦁The time limit is 15 minutes.
① But ② Strongly ③ Whether
This activity is good for:
④ Originally ⑤ Surprisingly
⦁Building Relationships
⦁Solving Problems
536. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (B)에 들어갈 말로 알맞은 것은?536) ⦁Thinking Creatively
① this me gave think about my life to a chance If you are interested, please fill in the form below to join.
② this me gave to think about my life a chance Do not hesitate to join! It will be fun!
③ this gave me a chance about my life to think *hesitate 망설이다
④ this gave a chance think about my life to me
⑤ this gave me a chance to think about my life A: Wow! Look at this. Marshmallow Challenge? Sounds fun!
I will definitely join this activity. Do you want to try?
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] B: Yeah. Sure! It sounds very interesting. What do we need
for the activity?
(A) We had many good ideas.
A: We need ⓐseveral sticks of spaghetti, a marshmallow,
tape and string.
(B) In a hurry, we taped the sticks of spaghetti together
B: Okay. Oh, it is ⓑa group activity, with five people in
and ⓐwrapped the string around them. The string got
each group. How about joining the activity as a team
stuck to the tape and it was a big mess.
with me?
A: Perfect!
(C) So we talked about each idea in detail. It was not easy
B: Then, three more people are needed to make a team.
ⓑfor us to choose the best idea. ⓒSuddenly the teacher
A: We can ask our friends to join.
said, “Five minutes left.”
B: Okay. What should we do in this activity?
A: Basically we have to build the ⓒtallest tower with sticks
(D) We finally made a tower, with the marshmallow ⓓ
of spaghetti. What is important is that we have to make
putting on top of it. Although the tower we made looked
a tower within ⓓhalf an hour.
different from ⓔwhat we expected, it’s okay. Anyway, we
B: Sounds good. As in the leaflet, this activity will also be
did it!
helpful for ⓔbuilding relationships. I can’t wait!

537. 주어진 글 (A)에 이어질 내용을 순서에 맞게 배열한 ① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ

것으로 가장 적절한 것은?537)
① (B) - (D) - (C) ② (C) - (B) - (D)
③ (C) - (D) - (B) ④ (D) - (B) - (C)
⑤ (D) - (C) - (B)

- 79 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] v 다음 대화문을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

We didn’t spend much time on planning. All the members Steve: I really liked your book about training dogs.
started building the tower right away. Our first tower Penny: Thank you. Do you like dogs?
looked like a tent. (A) So we tried again. (B) In our second Steve: Yes, I do. I love all kinds of animals.
try, we could fix the problem from our first tower. (C) But Penny: Have you ever thought of becoming an animal
there was another problem. (D) It couldn’t stand by itself! doctor?
(E) After many tries, it was possible for us to build a Steve: Yes, I have. I really want to become an animal
beautiful and tall tower. It looked like the Leaning Tower doctor. (A)
of Pisa. We finally made what we wanted! Penny: What are you doing to achieve your goal?
Steve: I'm doing volunteer work at the local animal house.
540. 위 글의 흐름으로 보아, 다음 문장이 들어가기에 가장 (B)
적절한 곳은?540) Penny: That's good. (C)
Steve: I'm also watching a lot of TV shows about animals.
However, there was a problem, which was it wasn’t very
(D)
tall.
Penny: You're doing great! I hope you become a good
animal doctor someday. (E)
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
Steve: Thank you.

541. 위 글의 내용을 다음과 같이 요약하고자 한다. 빈칸

544. 위 대화 Penny의 책 제목으로 가장 알맞은 것은?544)
(A), (B)에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것은?541)
① How to Train Dogs
We participated in the marshmallow challenge
② Volunteering for Dogs
(A)_____________ planning how to build a tower. That’s why
③ Local Animal House and Dogs
we could try building a tower (B)______________.
④ Dogs and All Kinds of Animals
*participate 참여하다
⑤ How to Become an Animal Doctor

(A) (B)
① by once 545. 위 대화 Steve에 대해 알 수 없는 것은?545)
② by many times ① Steve likes animals.
③ without once ② Steve read one of Penny's books.
④ without twice ③ Steve has thought of becoming an animal doctor.
⑤ without many times ④ Steve wants Penny to become a good animal doctor.
⑤ Steve is doing volunteer work at the local animal
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] house.
We didn’t try to choose the best idea. Instead, we took a
good idea and improved on it. One student said we 546. 위 대화의 흐름에 따라 주어진 질문이 들어가기에 가
needed a strong base. Another student suggested a 장 알맞은 곳은?546)
triangle shape for the base. We all agreed and divided up
What else are you doing?
the roles, such as time checker and tape cutter. We worked
together as a team. In the end, we built our tall tower!
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E

542. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?542) v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

① 우리는 최고의 아이디어를 선택하려고 노력했다. Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I’m a
② 한 학생이 탑의 꼭대기 부분이 튼튼해야 한다고 말했다. photographer. Today, I’m going to tell you how I found my
③ 다른 학생이 사각형 모양의 기반을 만들 것을 제안했다. dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire you.
④ 우리는 시간 점검하는 사람과 테이프 자르는 사람과 같 When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
이 역할을 나누었다. pictures. However, I never thought ⓐthese things could
⑤ 결국 탑을 완성하긴 했으나, 높지는 않았다. lead to a job. In fact, I didn’t have a dream at all.
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
543. 위 글의 제목으로 가장 적절한 것은?543) engineering. Being an engineer looked OK. After college, I
got a job at an engineering company. (A) It was a stable
① Let’s Do It As One Team!
job, but I didn’t know whether I really enjoyed it. (B)
② Why People Don’t Like Team Sports
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
③ Importance of Choosing the Best Idea
one winter. (C) The lights were amazing, and I took many
④ Don’t Want to Do It? Don’t Do It, Then.
pictures of the dancing lights in the sky. (D) For the first
⑤ Time Checker: The Most Important Role In a Group.
time in many years, I could feel my heart beating fast. (E)

- 80 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

547. 위 글의 내용과 일치하는 것은?547) 550. What gave David a chance to think about his lif
e?550)
① David chose engineering as a major in college.
② David had a dream ever since he was just a little boy. ① 사진에 대하여 더 배운 것
③ David got a stable job after college and he really ② 사진 찍을 때 행복감을 느낀 것
enjoyed it. ③ 사진사로서 시간제 근무를 한 것
④ When David was young, he wasn't interested in taking ④ 사진 경진 대회에서 1등상을 탄 것
pictures at all. ⑤ 시행착오 끝에 더 좋은 실력을 갖추게 된 것
⑤ When David was a little boy, he knew his love for
stars could lead to a job. 551. Why did David start to learn more about
photography?551)
548. 위 글의 ⓐthese things가 가리키는 내용으로 가장 적 ① Because he felt happy when he took pictures.
절한 것은?548) ② Because he decided to take pictures for a living.
① 대학에서 David이 전공을 선택한 이유들 ③ Because he wanted to become a good photographer.
② David의 장래희망과 그것들을 실현한 방법들 ④ Because he wanted to enter a photo contest and win
③ 독자들에게 영감을 줄 수 있는 David의 이야기들 first prize.
④ 사진사가 되기로 결심한 과정과 꿈을 실현한 방법들 ⑤ Because he wanted to do some part-time work as a
⑤ David이 별을 사랑했다는 것과 사진 찍는 것을 좋아했다 photographer.
는 것
552. 위 글 (A)if와 바꾸어 쓸 수 있는 것은? (단, 문장의 의
549. 위 글의 흐름에 따라 주어진 문장이 들어가기에 가장 미가 변하지 않음)552)
적절한 곳은?549) ① how ② why ③ when
There I got a chance to see the Northern Lights. ④ where ⑤ whether

① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E 553. What did David like to do and what made him

happy?553)
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]
① Thinking about his life.
Hello, everyone, My name is David Parker. After I came ② Taking pictures of stars.
back, I entered a photo contest with the pictures I took in ③ Entering a photo contest.
Iceland. Surprisingly, I won first prize, and this gave me a ④ Doing some part-time work.
chance to think about my life. I realized that taking ⑤ Learning more about engineering.
pictures made me happy. Suddenly, I wanted to become a
good photographer, so I started to learn more about
554. 위 글 David의 조언이 아닌 것은?554)
photography. After years of trial and error, I got better,
and I began to do some part-time work as a ① Be bold. ② Work hard
photographer. ③ Lose courage ④ Follow your heart.
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and ⑤ Think about what makes you happy.
decided to take pictures for a living. I wasn’t sure (A)if I
could succeed, but I decided to try. I really wanted to do 555. 다음 영영풀이에 해당하는 단어는?555) [1과]
something that made me happy. Now, I’m a professional
n. the main subject that a college student studies
photographer, and I’m happy.
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here’s
① job ② work ③ dream
some advice to help you.
④ major ⑤ contest
First, follow your heart. Think about what you like to do
and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking
pictures of stars.
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is not easy. I
became a photographer through hard work.
Third, be bold. You need courage to make decisions that
will change your life. I was afraid but I took a chance.
I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and live it!

- 81 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] 558. 위 글의 빈칸 ㉠~㉢에 들어갈 알맞은 표현이 바르게

Find a Dream and Live It! 짝지어진 것은?558)
Hello. My name is David Parker. When I was young, I ㉠ ㉡ ㉢
loved stars. I also liked taking pictures. However, I never ① lead advice not easy
thought these things could ㉠____________ to a job. In fact, I ② belong advise not easy
didn't have a dream at all. ③ lead advices not easy
When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose ④ belong advice easy
engineering. Being an engineer looked OK After college, I ⑤ lead advices easy
got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it.
559. Which is not true about David Parker?559)
Everything changed when I went on vacation to Iceland
one winter. (A) There I got a chance ⓐto see the Northern ① He majored in engineering in college.
Lights. (B) The lights were amazing, and I took many ② He has been to Iceland and seen the Northern lights.
pictures of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time ③ He won the first prize at a photo contest.
in many years, I could feel my heart beating fast. (C) ④ He became a professional photographer.
Surprisingly, I won fist prize, and this gave me a chance to ⑤ He was not afraid of making decisions.
think about my life. I realized that taking pictures made me
happy. (D) Suddenly, I wanted to become a good 560. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓑ를 <조건>에 맞게 영작하시오.560)
photographer, so I started to [earn more about
<조 건>
photography. (E) After years of trial and error, I got better,
1. 과거시제로 문장을 쓸 것
and I began to do some part-time work as a
2. 'whether 또는 if'를 사용할 것
photographer.
3. could succeed를 사용할 것
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and
decided to take pictures for a living. ⓑ‘나는 내가 성공할 수
__________________________________________________________
있을지 확신이 없었다, but I decided to try. I really wanted
to do something that made me happy. I'm a professional
photographer now, and I'm happy. 561. 위 글의 빈칸 Ⓐ, Ⓑ에 들어갈 알맞은 조언 2가지를
So do you want to find a dream and realize it? Here's 영어로 쓰시오.561)
some ㉡_____________ to help you. Ⓐ______________________________________________________
First, Ⓐ______________________. Think about what you like to Ⓑ______________________________________________________
do and what makes you happy. In my case, it was taking
pictures of stars. 562. 다음 문장의 (A)to see와 to 부정사의 용법이 다른 것
Second, work hard. Pursuing a dream is ㉢ 은?562) [1과]
__________________. I became a photographer through hard
There are many things (A)to see in London.
work.
Third, Ⓑ____________________. You need courage to make
① I have many things to do now.
decisions that will change your life. I was afraid but I took
② Can you get me something to eat?
a chance. I truly hope you can find a dream, pursue it, and
③ There are many friends to help you.
live it!
④ She has no time to sleep these days.
⑤ My dream is to become a famous fashion designer.
556. 위 글의 (A)~(E) 중 주어진 문장이 들어가기에 가장
적절한 곳은?556)
563. 다음 각 문장을 해석하시오.563) [1과]
After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
(A) I'm going to tell you how I found my dream and
pictures I took in Iceland.
realized it.
(B) I hope my story can inspire you.
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E

(A)_______________________________________________________
557. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ와 쓰임이 다른 것은?557)
(B)_______________________________________________________
① It's time to say goodbye.
② We need two chairs to sit on.
③ Please bring your pen to write with.
④ Unfortunately, we have nothing to eat.
⑤ The president wants to celebrate the day.

- 82 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

564. 다음 대화 중 흐름이 내용과 어법상 어색한 것은?564) v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과]

[1과] Hello, everyone. My name is David Parker, and I'm a
① A: I’m going to buy this CD. photographer. Today, I'm going to tell you ⓐhow did I
I love listening to piano music. find my dream and realized it. I hope my story can inspire
B: Me, too. I also enjoy playing the piano. you.
② A: Have you ever been to Jeju-do? When I was young, I loved stars. I also liked taking
B: No, I haven’t. I hope I can visit there. pictures. (A)_______________, I never thought (B)these things
③ A: You should read this book about the moon. could lead to a job. In fact, I didn't have a dream at all.
It’s really interesting. When I had to decide on a major in college, I chose
B: I know. I’ve already read it. engineering. ⓑBe an engineer looked OK. After college, I
④ A: Have you ever visited another country? got a job at an engineering company. It was a stable job,
B: Yes, I am. Have you? but I didn't know whether I really enjoyed it.
⑤ A: I really liked your book about training dogs. Everything changed when I ⓒgo on vacation to Iceland
B: Thank you. one winter. There I got a chance to see the Northern
Lights. ⓓThe lights were amazed, and I took many pictures
of the dancing lights in the sky. For the first time in many
565. 다음 대화의 흐름이 자연스럽도록 (B)~(E)를 바르게
years, I could ⓔfeel my heart beating fast.
배열한 것은?565) [1과]
(A) What are you doing to achieve your goal?
568. 위 글의 첫째 단락으로 보아 글의 종류로 가장 알맞
은 것은?568)
(B) You’re doing great! I hope you become a good animal
doctor someday. ① 학술논문 ② 시 ③ 강연
(C) That’s good. What else are you doing? ④ 일기 ⑤ 과학보고서
(D) I’m also watching a lot of TV shows about animals
(E) I’m doing volunteer work at the local animal house. 569. 위 글을 읽고 답할 수 없는 질문은?569)

① What is David Parker’s job?

① (E)-(C)-(D)-(B) ② (E)-(D)-(C)-(B)
② What did David Parker see in Iceland?
③ (C)-(D)-(E)-(B) ④ (D)-(E)-(B)-(C)
③ What did David Parker do after college?
⑤ (D)-(C)-(E)-(B)
④ Who did David Parker go on vacation with?
⑤ What was David Parker’s major in college?
566. 다음 중 밑줄 친 부정사의 용법이 다른 하나는?566) [1
과] 570. 위 글의 빈칸 (A)에 들어갈 가장 적절한 연결어는?570)
① I want to play tennis this afternoon. ① Therefore ② Similarly ③ However
② I have nothing to read. ④ Moreover ⑤ Hopefully
③ He doesn’t have anything to eat.
④ There are many things to see in London.
⑤ One way to improve your English is to read novels.
571. 위 글의 밑줄 친 ⓐ~ⓔ 중 어법상 올바른 것은?571)

① ⓐ ② ⓑ ③ ⓒ ④ ⓓ ⑤ ⓔ
567. 다음 빈칸에 공통으로 들어갈 단어는?567) [1과]

· Air pollution is a ___________ environment problem.

572. 위 글의 밑줄 친 (B)가 가리키는 것은?572)

· My _________ is Korean history. ① 꿈을 실현하는 것

② Iceland로 여행가는 것
① beat ② mix ③ major ③ 남들에게 영감을 주는 것
④ realize ⑤ pour ④ Northern Lights를 본 것
⑤ 별을 사랑하고 사진 찍는 것을 좋아하는 것

- 83 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

① Mike isn’t sure whether he has his passport with him.

② Kathy told her mother if she’s going to visit her
v 다음 글을 읽고 물음에 답하시오. [1과] tonight.
③ Judy is sure whether she is going in the right
(A) After I came back, I entered a photo contest with the
direction.
pictures I took in Iceland. (B) I realized that taking pictures
④ Harry is asking a woman that she can help him.
made me happy. (C) Suddenly, I wanted to become a good
⑤ Sue is wondering that there is a pizza shop at the
photographer, so I started to learn more about
airport.
photography. (D) After years of trial and error, I got better,
and I began to do some part-time work ⓐ______ a
photographer. (E) 578. 다음 중 밑줄 친 부분이 어법상 올바른 것은?578) [1
Then one day, I made a bold decision. I quit my job and 과]
decided to take pictures ⓑ______ a living. I wasn't sure if I ① I need something to talk.
could succeed, but I decided to try. (가)저는 저를 행복하게 ② I want to have a pet to play.
만드는 무언가를 하고 싶었습니다. Now, I'm a professional ③ You should take something warm to wear.
photographer, and I'm happy. ④ The painter bought a canvas to paint pictures.
*I: David Parker ⑤ I’m going to buy a comfortable bed to sleep.

573. 위 글의 (A)~(E) 중 주어진 문장이 들어가기에 가장 579. 다음 빈칸에 공통으로 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것
적절한 곳은?573) 은?579) [1과]
Surprisingly, I won first prize, and this gave me a chance · He wants to know ____________ she likes flowers.
to think about my life. · Mike is wondering ____________ you could help him.
· I’m not sure ____________ Chris will come to the meeting.
① A ② B ③ C ④ D ⑤ E
① what ② whether ③ who
574. 위 글의 빈칸 ⓐ, ⓑ에 들어갈 말로 가장 적절한 것 ④ that ⑤ so that
은?574)
ⓐ ⓑ
① at to
② as for
③ on for
④ by on
⑤ for to

575. 위 글의 밑줄 친 우리말 (가)의 의미가 되도록 <보

기>의 단어를 나열했을 때 7번째 오는 단어는?575)
<보기>
made / to / me / do / I /
wanted / something / happy / that

① made ② me ③ something
④ happy ⑤ that

576. 다음 중 밑줄 친 부분이 어법상 올바른 것은?576) [1

과]
① He’s sure if he closed the window.
② I’d like to know if it rains tomorrow.
③ I want to know whether the package has arrived.
④ She wants to know whether was the test easy.
⑤ Can you tell me if or not there is a subway station
near here?

577. 다음 중 밑줄 친 부분이 어법상 올바른 것은?577) [1

과]

- 84 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

50) ④
51) ①
52) ②
1) ①
53) ②
2) ④
54) ④
3) ③
55) ③
4) ⑤
56) ①
5) ②
57) ③
6) ⑤
58) Henry doesn’t know whether he has his ID card with
7) ③ him. 또는 Henry doesn’t know if he has his ID card
8) ⑤ with him.
9) ③ 59) ⑤
10) ① 60) I need somebody to each me Japanese. 또는 I need
11) ② somebody to teach Japanese to me.
12) ④ 61) ①
13) ③ 62) ③
14) ① 63) ③
15) ③ 64) ④
16) ① 65) ③
17) ② 66) ②
18) ② 67) ③
19) ② 68) ①, ⑤
20) ② 69) ③, ④
21) ⑤ 70) ⑤
22) ⑤ 71) ⑤
23) ① 72) ③
24) ④ 73) ⑤
25) ② 74) ④
26) what makes you happy 75) ③
27) whether he is going in the right direction 76) ⑤
28) many things to see 77) ①
29) ① 78) ④
30) Have you seen the movie about the book? 79) ⑤
31) ③ 80) ①
32) ① 81) ③
33) ⑤ 82) ③
34) ③ 83) ②
35) ② 84) ②
36) ④ 85) ①
37) ③ 86) ③
38) ① 87) ②
39) advice to help everyone. 88) ④
40) ① 89) ②
41) ③ 90) playing the piano
42) whether he has a math test on Monday. 91) I hope you’ll have a chance to learn
43) ③ 92) (1) Can you get me something cold to drink?
44) ① (2) I need someone to teach me Chinese
45) ③ 93) (1) whether he has his passport with him
46) ③ (2) whether she can help him
47) ⑤ 94) ②
48) ② 95) ④
49) ②,⑤ 96) ⑤

- 85 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

97) ④ 148) ③
98) ③ 149) ④
99) ③ 150) ①
100) ① 151) ①
101) ③ 152) I will bring some chairs to sit on.
102) ② 153) ①
103) ③ 154) ②
104) ① 155) He didn’t know if/whether he really enjoyed his job.
105) ④ 156) ②
106) ③ 157) ③
107) ② 158) ③
108) ⑤ 159) ①
109) ② 160) ④
110) ⑤ 161) ⑤
111) this sweater will look great on Eric 162) ④
112) ① 163) ②
113) ② 164) ①,⑤
114) ② 165) ②
115) ④ 166) ③
116) ③ 167) ④
117) ④ 168) ④
118) ② 169) ⑤
119) ① 170) have you ever visited London
120) ① 171) ①,②
121) ⑤ 172) ④
122) ② 173) I hope you can get well soon
123) ⑤ 174) (A) we found a chair to sit on
124) ① 175) ①
125) ④ 176) ⑤
126) ② 177) 별을 좋아하고 사진을 찍는 것을 좋아하는 것
127) ⑤ 178) ②
128) ④ 179) ④
129) ② 180) I need somebody to teach me Chinese
130) ⑤ 181) ④
131) ④ 182) ③
132) ① 183) ③
133) ① 184) ②
134) ② 185) if Jessy likes the book
135) ③ 186) (1) trial and error
136) ⑤ (2) for a living
137) ④ 187) ⑤
138) ④ 188) ④
139) ③ 189) ①
140) ① 190) ②
141) ① 191) ③
142) ② 192) ③
143) ⑤ 193) ④
144) ② 194) ④
145) ③ 195) ④
146) ② 196) ⑤
147) ⑤ 197) ④
198) ③

- 86 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

199) ③, ⑤ 245) ⑤
200) (1)I’m looking for a house to live in. 246) ③
(2)Does he have anything interesting to read?2 247) ④
201) ① 248) ⑤
202) I wasn’t sure whether I could succeed, but I decided. 249) ③
203) ④ 250) ④
204) ⑤ 251) ④
205) ① 252) ①
206) ② 253) ⑤
207) ② 254) ③
208) ⑤ 255) ①
209) if he has his passport with him 256) ②
210) ⑤ 257) ⑤
211) ④ 258) ①
212) (A) opportunity to see them 259) ③
(B) were amazing 260) ③
(C) felt his heart beating fast 261) ⑤
213) (A) I need somebody teach me Chinese 262) ③
(B) He walking fast so that he won’t be late for
263) ④
school.
264) ③
214) ③
265) ②
215) ⑤
266) ③
216) ②
267) ②
217) ②
268) ⑤
218) how to find a dream and realize it.
269) ①
219) taking pictures of stars.
270) ⑤
220) thinking about what they like to do and what makes
271) ⑤
them happy.
272) ①
221) What do you do for a living?
273) ⑤
222) ③
274) ④
223) whether I really enjoyed it.
275) ③
224) ④
276) ③
225) ①, ⑤
277) ⑤
226) ②
278) ④
227) ①
279) ②
228) ⑤
280) ⑤
229) ③
281) ①
230) ①
282) ②
231) ③
283) ④
232) ①
284) ④
233) ②
285) ②
234) ④
286) ②
235) ③
287) ②
236) ②
288) ③
237) ②
289) ④
238) ⑤
290) ④
239) ④
291) ②
240) ①
292) if she can help him
241) ⑤
293) ④
242) ④
294) ④
243) ②
295) ②
244) ⑤

- 87 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

296) ② 347) ②
297) ① 348) ①
298) ③ 349) ⑤
299) I hope you can find 350) ⑤
300) ① 351) ④
301) ① 352) ③
302) ③ 353) ⑤
303) ④ 354) ⑤
304) ④ 355) ①
305) ① 356) ④
306) ① 357) ③
307) ② 358) ③
308) ④ 359) ⑤
309) ⑤ 360) ④
310) ④ 361) ①
311) ⑤ 362) ②
312) ② 363) ③
313) ⑤ 364) ④
314) ⑤ 365) ③
315) ③ 366) ③
316) ① 367) ①
317) ⑤ 368) ②
318) ⑤ 369) ③
319) ⑤ 370) ③
320) ④ 371) ②
321) ④ 372) ③
322) ⑤ 373) ⑤
323) ① 374) ①
324) ③ 375) ④
325) ①, ⑤ 376) ③
326) ③ 377) ②
327) ① 378) ③
328) ⑤ 379) ④
329) ⑤ 380) ⑤
330) ⑤ 381) ①
331) ④ 382) ⑤
332) ③ 383) ⑤
333) ④ 384) ②
334) ③ 385) ⑤
335) ④ 386) ②
336) ① 387) ④
337) ⑤ 388) ③
338) ① 389) ④
339) ④ 390) ③
340) ⑤ 391) ②
341) ③ 392) ③
342) ⑤ 393) ⑤
343) ⑤ 394) ⑤
344) ③ 395) ②
345) ② 396) ⑤
346) ① 397) ②

- 88 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

398) ① 449) ①
399) ③ 450) ②
400) ④ 451) ④
401) ④ 452) ③
402) ② 453) ①
403) ① 454) Do you have anything cold to drunk?
404) ④ 455) whether he has his passport with him
405) ① 456) ③
406) ③ 457) if she
407) ③ 458) ②
408) ④ 459) ③, ⑤
409) ⑤ 460) I got a chance to see
410) ② 461) ②
411) ⑤ 462) ①
412) ④ 463) ②, ④
413) ⑤ 464) ③
414) ③ 465) ④
415) ① 466) ④
416) ⑤ 467) ⑤
417) ⑤ 468) ③
418) ④ 469) ④
419) ⑤ 470) ④
420) ③ 471) ②
421) ① 472) ⑤
422) ③ 473) ②
423) ② 474) ③
424) ④ 475) ②
425) ⑤ 476) ③
426) ② 477) ④
427) ② 478) if(whether) Sally joined the after school soccer club
428) ⑤ 479) He needs a house to live in
429) ③ 480) ②
430) ① 481) ⑤
431) ⑤ 482) ⑤
432) ② 483) ④
433) ④ 484) ③
434) ④ 485) ②
435) ① 486) ④
436) ⑤ 487) ⑤
437) ④,⑤ 488) ④
438) ② 489) ②
439) ③ 490) I wonder if(whether) you saw he Northern Light by
440) ②,③ chance.
441) ① 또는 I wonder if(whether) you had any problem with
442) ⑤ studying engineering.
또는 I wonder if(whether) your dream started after you
443) ⑤
saw the Northern Lights.
444) ④
491) ③
445) ①
492) 직업을 그만둔 것과 생계수단으로 사진 찍는 일을 하
446) ③
는 것
447) ④
493) ④
448) ⑤
494) ③

- 89 -
2015년 개정) 중3 동아(윤정미) 1과 기출모음

495) ⑤ 546) ③
496) ④ 547) ①
497) ② 548) ⑤
498) ② 549) ③
499) ③ 550) ④
500) ④ 551) ③
501) ① 552) ⑤
502) ① 553) ②
503) ④ 554) ③
504) ⑤ 555) ④
505) ⑤ 556) ③
506) ①,⑤ 557) ⑤
507) ④ 558) ①
508) ② 559) ⑤
509) ③ 560) I wasn't sure whether I could succeed.
510) ⑤ 561) Ⓐ follow your heart
511) ② Ⓑ be bold
512) ④ 562) ⑤
513) ③ 563) (A) 나는 내가 어떻게 내 꿈을 찾고 실현시켰는지 너희
514) ① 에게 말할 거야.
515) ④ (B) 나는 내 이야기가 너희에게 감명을 줄 수 있길 바란
다.
516) ②
564) ④
517) ⑤
565) ①
518) ③
566) ①
519) ②
567) ③
520) ④
568) ③
521) ①
569) ④
522) ③
570) ③
523) ③
571) ⑤
524) ①
572) ⑤
525) ④
573) ②
526) ①
574) ②
527) ⑤
575) ①
528) ④
576) ③
529) ①
577) ②
530) ④
578) ③
531) ④
579) ②
532) ③
533) ②
534) ②
535) ⑤
536) ⑤
537) ②
538) ④
539) ④
540) ①
541) ⑤
542) ④
543) ①
544) ①
545) ④

- 90 -